WO2023142777A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023142777A1
WO2023142777A1 PCT/CN2022/140007 CN2022140007W WO2023142777A1 WO 2023142777 A1 WO2023142777 A1 WO 2023142777A1 CN 2022140007 W CN2022140007 W CN 2022140007W WO 2023142777 A1 WO2023142777 A1 WO 2023142777A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
plmn
network
network unit
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/140007
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
金辉
窦凤辉
薛祎凡
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023142777A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023142777A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/14—Reselecting a network or an air interface
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00—Network data management
    • H04W8/02—Processing of mobility data, e.g. registration information at HLR [Home Location Register] or VLR [Visitor Location Register]; Transfer of mobility data, e.g. between HLR, VLR or external networks
    • H04W8/08—Mobility data transfer
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00—Network data management
    • H04W8/02—Processing of mobility data, e.g. registration information at HLR [Home Location Register] or VLR [Visitor Location Register]; Transfer of mobility data, e.g. between HLR, VLR or external networks
    • H04W8/08—Mobility data transfer
    • H04W8/082—Mobility data transfer for traffic bypassing of mobility servers, e.g. location registers, home PLMNs or home agents

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of wireless communication, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
  • a terminal device in an idle state moves from a fifth generation (5G) network to a fourth generation (4G) network
  • a protocol data unit (PDU) has been established on the terminal device
  • the terminal device initiates a tracking area update (TAU) request in the 4G network.
  • TAU tracking area update
  • the PDU session of the terminal device stores the corresponding 4G parameters, it can be understood that the PDU session is a PDU session supporting interoperability.
  • the mobility management entity (MME) of the core network of the 4G network obtains the context information of the terminal device from the access and mobility management function (AMF) of the core network of the 5G network , thus completing the TAU.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • the session management function session management function, SMF
  • SMF session management function
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device, which can avoid the problem of TAU failure, help to shorten the disconnection time of the terminal equipment, and reduce the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • the present application provides a communication method
  • the execution body of the method may be a second network unit, or may be a chip applied to the second network unit.
  • the following description is made by taking the execution subject as an example of the second network unit.
  • the method includes: the second network unit determines that the third public land mobile network PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN, wherein the second network unit is a network unit in the home PLMN of the terminal device, and the number of the first PLMN is at least One, and it is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device.
  • the second network unit does not send the first target parameter to the terminal device, or the second network unit sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information indicates to delete the first target parameter.
  • the first target parameter includes the mapping of protocol data unit PDU session parameters of the first communication system to parameters of the second communication system, the communication system of the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal equipment includes the first communication system, and the communication of the terminal equipment belongs to the PLMN
  • the standard includes a second communication standard, and the first communication standard is different from the second communication standard.
  • the terminal device when the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN, the terminal device will not receive the first target parameter, or delete the received first target parameter.
  • the terminal device reselects from the third PLMN of the first communication system currently serving itself to the PLMN of the second communication system to which it belongs, since the terminal device does not store the first target parameter, the terminal device no longer initiates TAU , so as to avoid the problem of TAU failure, help to shorten the disconnection time of the terminal equipment, and reduce the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • the communication method in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the second network element receives the first information from the third mobility management entity, where the third mobility management entity is a third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device
  • the first information includes information about the operator to which the third mobility management entity belongs.
  • the second network unit determining that the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN includes: the second network unit determines that the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN according to the first information.
  • the second network unit can determine that the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN.
  • the second network unit determines that the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN, including: when the second network unit determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state, the second network unit determines that the terminal device is The third PLMN providing the service belongs to the first PLMN, so as to simplify the processing process of the second network element.
  • the communication method in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the second network unit receives the second information from the third network unit or the third border gateway BG, where the third network unit provides services for terminal equipment The network element in the third PLMN, the third BG is used to connect the second network element and the third network element.
  • the second network unit determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state according to the second information.
  • the second network unit can receive information from the third network unit or the third border gateway, that is, it can be considered that the terminal device is in a roaming state.
  • the communication method in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the second network unit sends a PDU session establishment acceptance message to the terminal device.
  • the second network unit does not send the first target parameter to the terminal device, including: the PDU session establishment acceptance message does not carry the first target parameter, and correspondingly, the terminal device cannot receive the first target parameter.
  • the second network unit sends the indication information to the terminal device through a PDU session modification command message, so as to provide the indication information to the terminal device during the session modification process.
  • the first PLMN is preconfigured.
  • the communication method in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the second network unit determines that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN.
  • the second network unit sends the second target parameter to the terminal device, where the second target parameter includes the mapping of the parameters of the PDU session of the first communication standard to the parameter of the second communication standard, and the communication standard of the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device
  • the first communication mode is included, so that the terminal device can normally obtain the second target parameter.
  • the PDU session of the first communication standard is the PDU session in the third PLMN.
  • the PDU session of the first communication standard is the PDU session in the fourth PLMN.
  • the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is the home PLMN of the terminal device. That is to say, the PLMN currently accessed by the terminal device is the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs.
  • the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is different from the country to which the operator of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs. That is to say, the terminal device is in a state of roaming abroad.
  • the second network unit determines that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN, including: when the second network unit determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state, the second network unit determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state.
  • the fourth PLMN that the device provides services does not belong to the first PLMN, so as to simplify the processing process of the second network unit.
  • the communication method in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the second network unit receives fourth information from the fourth network unit or the fourth border gateway BG, where the fourth network unit provides services for terminal equipment
  • the network element in the fourth PLMN, the fourth BG is used to connect the second network element and the fourth network element.
  • the second network unit determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state according to the fourth information. That is to say, the second network unit can receive the information from the fourth network unit or the fourth border gateway, that is, it can be considered that the terminal device is in a roaming state.
  • the communication method in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the second network element receives the first information from the fourth mobility management entity, where the fourth mobility management entity is a fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device
  • the first information includes information about the operator to which the fourth mobility management entity belongs.
  • the second network unit determining that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN includes: the second network unit determines that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN according to the first information.
  • the second network unit can determine, based on the information of the operator to which the fourth mobility management entity belongs, that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN.
  • the first information includes a globally unique access and mobility management function identifier GUAMI.
  • the present application provides a communication method, and the execution body of the method may be a second network unit, or may be a chip applied to the second network unit.
  • the following description is made by taking the execution subject as an example of the second network unit.
  • the method includes: the second network unit determines that the public land mobile network PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN, wherein the second network unit is a network unit in the home PLMN of the terminal device, and the number of the first PLMN is at least one , and is different from the PLMN to which the terminal equipment belongs.
  • the second network unit sends the target parameter to the terminal device, wherein the target parameter includes the parameter mapping of the protocol data unit PDU session of the first communication standard to the parameter of the second communication standard, and the communication standard of the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device includes the first The communication standard, the communication standard to which the terminal device belongs to the PLMN includes the second communication standard, and the first communication standard is different from the second communication standard.
  • the second network element can provide the target parameter for the terminal device, so that the terminal device can obtain the target parameter normally.
  • the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is the home PLMN of the terminal device.
  • the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is different from the country to which the operator of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs.
  • the second network unit determines that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN, including: when the second network unit determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state, the second network unit determines that the terminal device provides The serving PLMN does not belong to the first PLMN.
  • the communication method in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the second network unit receives the first information from the first network unit or the border gateway BG, where the first network unit is a PLMN that provides services for terminal equipment In the network unit, the BG is used to connect the first network unit and the second network unit.
  • the second network unit determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state according to the first information.
  • the communication method in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the second network element receives the second information from the first mobility management entity, where the first mobility management entity is a PLMN that provides services for the terminal device
  • the second information includes information about an operator to which the first mobility management entity belongs.
  • the second network unit determining that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN includes: the second network unit determines that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN according to the second information.
  • the second information includes a globally unique access and mobility management function identifier GUAMI.
  • the first PLMN is preconfigured.
  • the present application provides a communication method, and the execution subject of the method may be a terminal device, or may be a chip applied in the terminal device.
  • the following description is made by taking the execution subject as a terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: when the terminal device moves from the first communication standard of the first public land mobile network PLMN to the second communication standard of the terminal device's home PLMN, sending a registration request message to a second mobility management entity of the terminal device's home PLMN, wherein , the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device, the first communication standard is different from the second communication standard, the terminal device stores target parameters, and the target parameters include the protocol data unit PDU session parameters of the first communication standard mapped to the second communication standard parameters.
  • the terminal device receives a registration accept message from the second mobility management entity.
  • the terminal device moves from the first communication standard of the first PLMN to the second communication standard of the terminal device's home PLMN
  • the terminal device moves while it is in an idle state
  • the first communication mode of the terminal device from the first PLMN The mode is reselected to the second communication mode of the home PLMN of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device switches from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs.
  • the terminal device even if the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device, and the terminal device stores target parameters, when the terminal device moves from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the home PLMN of the terminal device, the terminal device also A registration request message is initiated, and TAU is no longer initiated, so as to avoid the problem of TAU failure, help to shorten the disconnection time of the terminal device, and reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the communication method in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the terminal device determines, according to the first information, that the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device.
  • the first information includes information of at least one third PLMN, the third PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device, and the third PLMN includes the first PLMN.
  • the first information includes preconfigured information of at least one third PLMN.
  • the terminal device determines, based on the first information, that the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device.
  • the communication method in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the terminal device receives first information from the second mobility management entity, so as to obtain the first information from the second mobility management entity of the home network.
  • the first information and the equivalent public land mobile network EPLMN are carried in the same message.
  • the EPLMN includes at least the first PLMN. That is to say, the terminal device can obtain the first information during the registration process of the home network, so that when the terminal device reselects from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the home PLMN of the terminal device, it can initiate the reselection in time.
  • the registration request message can effectively avoid the problem of TAU failure.
  • the communication method in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the terminal device receives the first information from the second network unit, where the second network unit belongs to a network unit in the home PLMN of the terminal device, and the second network unit receives the first information from the second The network unit obtains the first information.
  • the terminal device receives the first information from the second network element through a PDU session establishment acceptance message. That is to say, the terminal device can obtain the first information during the establishment of the PDU session, so that when the terminal device reselects from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the home PLMN of the terminal device, it can initiate registration in time Request message, so as to effectively avoid the problem of TAU failure.
  • the present application provides a communication method, and the execution subject of the method may be a terminal device, or may be a chip applied in the terminal device.
  • the following description is made by taking the execution subject as a terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: the terminal device sends a registration request message to a first mobility management entity of a first public land mobile network (PLMN), wherein the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the terminal device receives a registration accept message from the first mobility management entity.
  • the terminal device deletes the target parameter, or the terminal device does not generate the target parameter, or does not save the target parameter when the terminal device receives the target parameter from the second network unit, wherein the second network unit is a network unit in the home PLMN of the terminal device
  • the target parameters include the mapping of protocol data unit PDU session parameters of the first communication standard to parameters of the second communication standard, the communication standard of the first PLMN includes the first communication standard, and the communication standard of the terminal device’s home PLMN includes the second communication standard.
  • the terminal device deletes the target parameter, or does not generate the target parameter, or when the terminal device receives a message from the second network unit When the target parameter of , the target parameter is not saved.
  • the terminal device reselects from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs, since the terminal device does not save the target parameters, the terminal device initiates a registration request message and no longer initiates a registration request message.
  • TAU so as to avoid the problem of TAU failure, help to shorten the disconnection time of the terminal equipment, and reduce the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • the communication method in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the terminal device determines, according to the first information, that the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device.
  • the first information includes information of at least one third PLMN, the third PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device, and the third PLMN includes the first PLMN.
  • the communication method in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the terminal device receiving first information from a second mobility management entity, where the second mobility management entity is a network element in the home PLMN of the terminal device.
  • the first information and the equivalent public land mobile network EPLMN are carried in the same message.
  • the EPLMN includes at least the first PLMN.
  • the communication method in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the terminal device receiving first information from a second network unit, where the second network unit belongs to a network unit in the home PLMN of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first information from the second network element through a PDU session establishment acceptance message.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which may be the second network unit in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or a chip that realizes the function of the second network unit;
  • the above-mentioned communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for realizing the above-mentioned method, and the modules, units, or means may be implemented by hardware, software, or by executing corresponding software on hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit, a sending unit and a receiving unit.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine that the third public land mobile network PLMN providing services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN, wherein the communication device is a network unit in the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs, and the number of the first PLMN is at least one, and It is different from the PLMN to which the terminal equipment belongs.
  • the sending unit is not used to send the first target parameter to the terminal device, or the sending unit is used to send indication information to the terminal device, wherein the indication information indicates to delete the first target parameter;
  • the first target parameter includes a protocol data unit of the first communication standard
  • the parameters of the PDU session are mapped to the parameters of the second communication standard, the communication standard of the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device includes the first communication standard, the communication standard of the PLMN that the terminal device belongs to includes the second communication standard, the first communication standard and the second communication standard
  • the two communication formats are different.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive first information from a third mobility management entity, where the third mobility management entity is a network element in a third PLMN that provides services for terminal equipment, and the first information It includes information about the operator to which the third mobility management entity belongs.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine that the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN, including: determining, according to the first information, that the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN.
  • the processing unit configured to determine that the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN includes: when determining that the terminal device is in a roaming state, determining that the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to First PLMN.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive second information from a third network unit or a third border gateway BG, where the third network unit is a network in a third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device unit, the third BG is used to connect the communication device and the third network unit.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine that the terminal device is in a roaming state according to the second information.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send a PDU session establishment acceptance message to the terminal device.
  • the sending unit is not configured to send the first target parameter to the terminal device, including: the PDU session establishment acceptance message does not carry the first target parameter.
  • the sending unit is configured to send indication information to the terminal device through a PDU session modification command message.
  • the first PLMN is preconfigured.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the second target parameter to the terminal device, wherein the second target parameter includes mapping the parameters of the PDU session of the first communication standard to the parameter of the second communication standard, and the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device
  • the communication standard includes the first communication standard.
  • the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is the home PLMN of the terminal device.
  • the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is different from the country to which the operator of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs.
  • the processing unit configured to determine that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN includes: when determining that the terminal device is in a roaming state, determining the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device Does not belong to the first PLMN.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive fourth information from a fourth network unit or a fourth border gateway BG, where the fourth network unit is a network in a fourth PLMN that provides services for terminal equipment unit, the fourth BG is used to connect the communication device and the fourth network unit.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine that the terminal device is in a roaming state according to the fourth information.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive first information from a fourth mobility management entity, where the fourth mobility management entity is a network element in a fourth PLMN that provides services for terminal equipment, and the first The information includes information about the operator to which the fourth mobility management entity belongs.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN, including: according to the first information, determining that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN.
  • the first information includes a globally unique access and mobility management function identifier GUAMI.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which may be the second network unit in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, or a chip that realizes the function of the above-mentioned second network unit;
  • the above-mentioned communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for realizing the above-mentioned method, and the modules, units, or means may be implemented by hardware, software, or by executing corresponding software on hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit, a sending unit and a receiving unit.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine that the public land mobile network PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN, wherein the communication device is a network unit in the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs, and the number of the first PLMN is at least one, and is the same as The terminal devices belong to different PLMNs.
  • the sending unit is configured to send the target parameter to the terminal device, wherein the target parameter includes the parameter mapping of the protocol data unit PDU session of the first communication standard to the parameter of the second communication standard, and the communication standard of the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device includes the second communication standard.
  • a communication standard, the communication standard to which the terminal device belongs to the PLMN includes a second communication standard, and the first communication standard is different from the second communication standard.
  • the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is the home PLMN of the terminal device.
  • the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is different from the country to which the operator of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN, including: when determining that the terminal device is in a roaming state, determining that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN PLMN.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive the first information from the first network unit or the border gateway BG, wherein the first network unit is a network unit in the PLMN that provides services for the terminal equipment, and the BG uses For connecting the first network unit and the communication device.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine that the terminal device is in a roaming state according to the first information.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive second information from the first mobility management entity, where the first mobility management entity is a network element in the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device, and the second information includes Information about the operator to which the first mobility management entity belongs.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN, including: determining, according to the second information, that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN.
  • the second information includes a globally unique access and mobility management function identifier GUAMI.
  • the first PLMN is preconfigured.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device in any possible design of the above-mentioned third aspect or the third aspect, or a chip that realizes the functions of the above-mentioned terminal device; the communication device includes To realize the corresponding modules, units, or means (means) of the above method, the modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit, a sending unit and a receiving unit.
  • the processing unit is used to determine to move from the first communication system of the first public land mobile network PLMN to the second communication system of the home PLMN of the communication device, and the processing unit is also used to control the second movement of the sending unit to the home PLMN of the communication device
  • the management entity sends a registration request message, wherein the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the communication device, the first communication standard is different from the second communication standard, and the communication device stores target parameters, and the target parameters include the protocol data unit PDU session of the first communication standard The parameters of are mapped to the parameters of the second communication standard.
  • the processing unit is further configured to control the receiving unit to receive the registration acceptance message from the second mobility management entity.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine, according to the first information, that the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the communication device.
  • the first information includes information of at least one third PLMN, the third PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the communication device, and the third PLMN includes the first PLMN.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive the first information from the second mobility management entity.
  • the first information and the equivalent public land mobile network EPLMN are carried in the same message.
  • the EPLMN includes at least the first PLMN.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive the first information from the second network unit, where the second network unit belongs to the network unit in the home PLMN of the communication device.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive the first information from the second network unit through a PDU session establishment accept message.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device in any possible design of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect, or a chip that realizes the functions of the terminal device; the communication device includes To realize the corresponding modules, units, or means (means) of the above method, the modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit, a sending unit and a receiving unit.
  • the sending unit is configured to send a registration request message to a first mobility management entity of a first public land mobile network PLMN, where the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the communication device.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive a registration acceptance message from the first mobility management entity.
  • the processing unit is configured to delete the target parameter, or the processing unit is configured not to generate the target parameter, or the receiving unit is also configured to receive the target parameter from the second network unit, the processing unit is configured not to save the target parameter, wherein,
  • the second network unit is a network unit in the PLMN to which the communication device belongs, and the target parameters include mapping parameters of the protocol data unit PDU session of the first communication system to parameters of the second communication system, and the communication system of the first PLMN includes the first communication system,
  • the communication standard to which the communication device belongs to the PLMN includes the second communication standard.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine, according to the first information, that the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the communication device.
  • the first information includes information of at least one third PLMN, the third PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the communication device, and the third PLMN includes the first PLMN.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive the first information from the second mobility management entity, where the second mobility management entity is a network element in the home PLMN of the communication device.
  • the first information and the equivalent public land mobile network EPLMN are carried in the same message.
  • the EPLMN includes at least the first PLMN.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive the first information from the second network unit, where the second network unit belongs to the network unit in the home PLMN of the communication device.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive the first information from the second network unit through a PDU session establishment accept message.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device performs any of the above aspects or any In one aspect the method performed by the second network element in any possible design.
  • the communication device may be the second network element in the above first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or the communication device may be the first aspect in the above second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect A second network unit, or a chip that implements the functions of the above-mentioned second network unit.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor; the processor is coupled to a memory, and is used to read and execute instructions in the memory, so that the communication device performs any of the above aspects Or a method performed by the second network element in any possible design of any aspect.
  • the communication device may be the second network element in the above first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or the communication device may be the first aspect in the above second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect A second network unit, or a chip that implements the functions of the above-mentioned second network unit.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including a processing circuit and an input/output interface.
  • the input and output interface is used to communicate with modules other than the chip
  • the chip may be a chip that implements the function of the second network unit in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • the processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the method in the above first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • the chip may be a chip that implements the function of the second network unit in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect.
  • the processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the method in the above second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device performs any one of the above-mentioned aspects or A method executed by a terminal device in any possible design of any aspect.
  • the communication device may be the terminal device in the above third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, or the communication device may be the terminal device in the above fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect, Or a chip that implements the functions of the above-mentioned terminal equipment.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor; the processor is coupled with a memory, and is used to read and execute instructions in the memory, so that the communication device performs any of the above-mentioned A method executed by a terminal device in any possible design of any aspect or any aspect.
  • the communication device may be the terminal device in the above third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, or the communication device may be the terminal device in the above fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect, Or a chip that implements the functions of the above-mentioned terminal equipment.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including a processing circuit and an input and output interface.
  • the input and output interface is used to communicate with modules other than the chip, for example, the chip may be a chip that realizes the function of the terminal device in any possible design of the above third aspect or the third aspect.
  • the processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the method in the above third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect.
  • the chip may be a chip that implements the function of the terminal device in the fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect.
  • the processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the method in the above fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, and when it is run on a computer, the computer can execute any one of the above-mentioned aspects. method.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions, which when run on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method in any one of the above aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a circuit system, the circuit system includes a processing circuit configured to execute the method in any one of the above aspects.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 8a is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8b is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10a is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10b is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 1, the communication system includes terminal equipment, access network equipment and a core network.
  • terminal equipment includes equipment that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users, specifically, equipment that provides voice to users, or equipment that provides data connectivity to users, or equipment that provides voice and data connectivity to users sexual equipment.
  • Examples may include a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (radio access network, RAN), exchange voice or data with the RAN, or exchange voice and data with the RAN.
  • radio access network radio access network
  • the terminal equipment may include user equipment (user equipment, UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle to everything (vehicle to everything, V2X) terminal equipment , machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (machine-to-machine/machine-type communications, M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (internet of things, IoT) terminal equipment, subscriber unit, subscriber station station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user Agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc.
  • IoT Internet of things
  • it may include mobile phones (or “cellular” phones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket, hand-held, computer built-in mobile devices, and the like.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • cordless telephone cordless telephone
  • session initiation protocol session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • constrained devices such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities, etc.
  • it includes barcodes, radio frequency identification (radio frequency identification, RFID), sensors, global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing devices.
  • the various terminal devices described above if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be considered as vehicle-mounted terminal devices. ).
  • the terminal device may further include a relay (relay).
  • a relay relay
  • all devices capable of performing data communication with the base station can be regarded as terminal devices.
  • the device for realizing the function of the terminal device may be the terminal device, or may be a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the terminal device.
  • the system-on-a-chip may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the terminal equipment is used as an example for implementing terminal functions, and the introduction is made.
  • the access network device may be an access point for wireless communication or wired communication, such as a base station or a base station controller, a wireless-fidelity (wireless-fidelity, wifi) access point or wifi controller, or an access point for fixed network access wait.
  • the base station may include various types of base stations, such as micro base stations (also called small stations), macro base stations, relay stations, access points, etc., which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the base station may be a global system for mobile communication (GSM), a base station (base transceiver station, BTS) in code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband Base station (node B) in code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), evolved base station (evolutional node B, eNB or e-NodeB) in long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), Internet of things ( Internet of things (IoT) or eNB in narrowband-internet of things (NB-IoT), the fifth generation (the fifth generation, 5G) mobile communication network or the future evolution of public land mobile network (public land) A base station in a mobile network (PLMN), which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM global system for mobile communication
  • BTS base station
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • node B in code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • evolutional node B, eNB or e-NodeB in long
  • the core network includes various core network devices, such as access management network elements and session management network elements.
  • the access management network element is mainly used for mobility management and access management, etc., and can be used to implement functions other than session management in the mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) function, for example, lawful interception and Access authorization/authentication and other functions.
  • the access management network element may include an access and mobility management function (core access and mobility management function, AMF) network element.
  • the session management network element is mainly used for session management, Internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection of endpoints that can manage user plane functions, policy control and charging function interfaces, and downlink data notification.
  • the session management network element may include a session management function (session management function, SMF) network element.
  • SMF session management function
  • the MME can refer to the introduction in FIG. 2
  • the AMF network element and the SMF network element can refer to the introduction in FIG. 3 .
  • the core network equipment may also include other network elements, such as user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network elements, etc., which will not be described here one by one.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic structural diagram of a fourth generation (the fourth generation, 4G) communication system.
  • the 4G communication system includes evolved universal mobile telecommunications system (universal mobile telecommunications system, UMTS) terrestrial radio access network (evolved UMTS territorial radio access network, E-UTRAN) equipment, MME, serving gateway (serving gateway, SGW), packet Data network (packet data network, PDN) gateway (PDN gateway, PGW), policy and charging rules function (policy and charging rules function, PCRF) network elements and home subscriber server (home subscriber server, HSS) and other network elements or equipment.
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunications system
  • E-UTRAN evolved Universal Mobile telecommunications system
  • MME serving gateway
  • SGW packet Data network
  • PDN gateway packet Data network gateway
  • PGW policy and charging rules function
  • PCRF policy and charging rules function
  • home subscriber server home subscriber server
  • HSS home subscriber server
  • terminal equipment accesses E-UTRAN equipment through LTE-Uu
  • E-UTRAN equipment communicates with MME through S1-MME
  • E-UTRAN equipment communicates with SGW through S1-U
  • different MMEs communicate through S10
  • the MME communicates with the HSS through S6a
  • the MME communicates with the SGW through S11
  • the PGW communicates with the PCRF network element through Gx
  • the PCRF network element communicates with the server through Rx
  • the SGW communicates with the PGW through S5
  • the PGW accesses the server through the SGi.
  • the E-UTRAN equipment is used to implement functions related to the evolved network radio.
  • the MME is responsible for the mobility management of the control plane, including user context and mobility state management, and allocation of temporary user identities.
  • the SGW is the user plane anchor point between the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) access networks, and is the interface for terminating E-TURAN.
  • the PGW is the user plane anchor point between the 3GPP access network and the non-3GPP access network, and is the interface between the termination and the external PDN.
  • the PCRF network element is used for policy control decision and flow charging control function.
  • the HSS is used to store user subscription information.
  • the server is used to provide internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) services, such as voice/video services based on internet protocol multimedia subsystem (internet protocol multimedia subsystem, IMS), packet switched streaming service (packet switched streaming service, PSS), etc.
  • IP internet protocol
  • IMS internet protocol multimedia subsystem
  • PSS packet switched streaming service
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic architecture diagram of a 5G communication system.
  • the 5G communication system includes radio access network (radio access network, RAN) equipment, user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element, AMF network element, SMF network element, authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF) network network element, network slice selection function (NSSF) network element, network exposure function (network exposure function, NEF) network element, network function storage function (network exposure function repository function, NRF) network element, policy control function ( policy control function (PCF) network element, unified data management (unified data management, UDM) network element, unified data storage (unified data repository, UDR) network element, application function (application function, AF) network element or billing function ( charging function, CHF) network element, etc.
  • radio access network radio access network
  • UPF user plane function
  • AMF authentication server function
  • AUSF authentication server function
  • NSSF network slice selection function
  • NEF network exposure function
  • NRF network exposure function repository function
  • PCF policy control
  • FIG. 3 is only an example of some examples of network elements or entities in the 5G communication system, and the 5G communication system may also include some diagrams such as network data analysis function (network data analytics function, NWDAF) network elements, etc. 3 Network elements or entities not shown in the figure, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • NWDAF network data analytics function
  • the terminal device accesses the 5G network through the RAN device, and the terminal device communicates with the AMF through the N1 interface (N1 for short); the RAN device communicates with the AMF network element through the N2 interface (N2 for short); the RAN device communicates with the AMF network element through the N3 interface
  • the interface (N3 for short) communicates with the UPF network element; the SMF network element communicates with the UPF network element through the N4 interface (N4 for short), and the UPF network element accesses the data network (data network, DN) through the N6 interface (N6 for short).
  • N1, N2, N3, N4 and N6 respectively represent reference points (reference points) between relevant network elements/network functions.
  • AUSF network element AMF network element, SMF network element, NSSF network element, NEF network element, NRF network element, PCF network element, UDM network element, UDR network element, CHF network element or AF network element shown in Figure 3
  • Other control plane functions use service-oriented interfaces to interact.
  • the service interface provided by the AUSF network element is Nausf; the service interface provided by the AMF network element is Namf; the service interface provided by the SMF network element is Nsmf; the service interface provided by the NSSF network element is Nnssf;
  • the service interface provided by NEF network elements is Nnef; the service interface provided by NRF network elements is Nnrf; the service interface provided by PCF network elements is Npcf; the service interface provided by UDM network elements is Nudm;
  • the service interface provided by the element is Nudr; the service interface provided by the CHF network element is Nchf; the service interface provided by the AF network element is Naf.
  • the relevant function description and interface description can refer to the 5G system architecture (5G system architecture) diagram in the 23501 standard, and will not be repeated here.
  • an AMF network element may also be called an AMF or an AMF entity. In this embodiment of the present application, only the AMF network element is used as an example for introduction.
  • an SMF network element may also be called an SMF or an SMF entity. In this embodiment of the present application, only an SMF network element is used as an example for introduction.
  • the core network device may be implemented by one device, or jointly implemented by multiple devices, or may be a functional module in one device, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the above functional modules may be network elements in hardware devices, software functional modules running on dedicated hardware, or virtualized functional modules instantiated on a platform (eg, cloud platform).
  • 2nd-generation wireless telephone technology (2G) network
  • 3G 3rd-generation wireless telephone technology
  • 4th-generation mobile communication Technology (4th-generation wirelesstelephone technology, 4G) network
  • fifth-generation mobile communication technology (5th-generation wirelesstelephone technology, 5G) network
  • sixth-generation mobile communication technology (6th-generation wirelesstelephone technology, 6G) network
  • the 4G network may also be called an evolved packet system (evolved packet system, EPS) network
  • the 5G network may also be called a new radio (new radio, NR) network.
  • EPS evolved packet system
  • new radio new radio
  • PLMN is a network established and operated by the government or its approved operators to provide land mobile communication services for the public.
  • the PLMN is interconnected with the public switched telephone network to form a regional or national scale communication network.
  • MCC mobile country code
  • MNC mobile network number
  • MNC mobile network number
  • MCC uniquely indicates the country to which the mobile subscriber belongs. For example, China's MCC is 460.
  • the MNC can uniquely represent the network in the country.
  • the MNC corresponding to China Mobile may include 00
  • the MNC corresponding to China Unicom may include 01.
  • different operators may correspond to different PLMNs.
  • the PLMNs of China Mobile may include 46000, 46002, 46004, 46007, and 46008
  • the PLMNs of China Unicom may include 46001, 46006, 46009, and 46010.
  • the PLMN of China Telecom may include 46003, 46011 and 46012; the PLMN of China Radio and Television may include 46015.
  • the PLMN corresponding to each operator may also include others, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the visiting network party refers to the operator that provides inter-network roaming services to the terminal equipment of other operators within the roaming area.
  • a network that provides inter-network roaming services to terminal devices of other operators is described as a visited network.
  • the inter-network roaming service may be a 5G core network inter-network roaming service.
  • the home network party refers to the operator that provides the roaming service across different networks to the terminal equipment of this network through the network of other operators in the roaming area.
  • the network that provides inter-network roaming services to terminal devices on this network through other operator networks is described as a home network.
  • the inter-network roaming service may be a 5G core network inter-network roaming service.
  • the visited network may be the 5G network of the visited operator
  • the home network may be the 5G network of the home operator.
  • the visited network and the home network are connected through a border gateway (boarder gateway, BG).
  • the network elements in the visited network and the network elements in the home network are connected, as shown in FIG. 5 .
  • the SMF network element in the visited network is called a visited-SMF (visited-SMF, V-SMF) network element.
  • the SMF network element in the home network is called a home-SMF (home-SMF, H-SMF) network element.
  • the PCF network element in the home network is called a home PCF (home-PCF, H-PCF) network element.
  • Radio resource control (RRC)
  • RRC_IDLE RRC idle state
  • RRC_CONNECTED RRC connected state
  • RRC_CONNECTED RRC idle state
  • RRC_IDLE RRC idle state
  • RRC_INACTIVE RRC inactive state
  • RRC_CONNECTED RRC connected state
  • the terminal device when a terminal device in an idle state moves from a 5G network to a 4G network, if there is at least one PDU session that supports interoperability among the established PDU sessions on the terminal device, the terminal device initiates a TAU request in the 4G network ; If not, initiate an initial attach request.
  • the PDU session of the terminal device stores the corresponding 4G parameters, it can be understood that the PDU session is a PDU session supporting interoperability.
  • the PDU session of the terminal device does not store the corresponding 4G parameters, it can be understood that the PDU session does not support interoperability.
  • the 4G parameters corresponding to the PDU session include the parameters that the PDU session in the 5G network is mapped to the 4G network, such as the EPS bearer identity (EPS bearer identity, EBI), the quality of service flow (quality of service, QoS flow) parameter corresponding to the 4G network, etc. .
  • EPS bearer identity EPS bearer identity, EBI
  • QoS flow quality of service
  • the core network element MME of the 4G network obtains the context information of the terminal device from the core network element AMF of the 5G network, thereby completing the TAU.
  • the terminal device still uses the SMF network element (that is, the H-SMF network element) of the home network to provide services.
  • the SMF network element of the home network always sends the 4G parameters corresponding to the PDU session to the terminal device.
  • the interface between the AMF network element of the visited network and the MME network element of the home network is not opened, if the terminal device moves from the 5G network of the visited network to the 4G network of the home network, the MME cannot obtain the context information, resulting in If the TAU fails, the power consumption and disconnection time of the terminal equipment will increase, and the user experience will be poor.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides three communication methods, and the communication method of the embodiment of the present application (such as the first communication method, the second communication method, or the third communication method) can be applied to the communication shown in Figure 1 system.
  • a mobility management entity may be described as a first mobility management entity, and a network unit may be described as a first network unit.
  • the mobility management entity may be described as a second mobility management entity, and the network unit may be described as a second network unit.
  • the names of messages between network elements or the names of parameters in messages in the following embodiments of the present application are just examples, and may be other names in specific implementations. The description is unified here, and will not be described in detail below.
  • the second network unit determines that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN. Wherein, there is at least one first PLMN, which is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device. Afterwards, the second network unit does not send the target parameter to the terminal device, or the second network unit sends indication information to the terminal device. Wherein, the indication information indicates the deletion target parameter.
  • the target parameters include the mapping of the parameters of the PDU session of the first communication standard to the parameters of the second communication standard, the communication standard of the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device includes the first communication standard, and the communication standard of the PLMN that the terminal device belongs to includes the second communication standard, The first communication standard is different from the second communication standard. In this way, when the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN, the terminal device will not receive the target parameter, or delete the received target parameter.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device reselects from the PLMN of the first communication standard that currently provides services to itself to the PLMN of the second communication standard that it belongs to, since the terminal device does not store the target parameters, the terminal device no longer initiates TAU, thereby avoiding TAU The problem of failure helps to shorten the disconnection time of the terminal equipment and reduce the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • the first communication method 600 provided in the embodiment of the present application includes the following steps:
  • the second network element determines that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN.
  • the second network unit is a network unit in the home PLMN of the terminal device, and at least has a session management function.
  • the second network element may be an H-SMF network element. It should be understood that with the evolution of communication technologies, the second network unit may also have other names, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit the name of the network unit.
  • the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is different from the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs.
  • the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device may be a visited PLMN accessed by the terminal device.
  • the communication system of the PLMN providing the service for the terminal device and the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs may be the same or different.
  • the PLMN providing services for the terminal device and the communication system of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs are used as an example for introduction.
  • the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device may be a 5G network
  • the home PLMN of the terminal device may be a 4G network, a 3G network, or a 2G network.
  • the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device may be a 4G network
  • the home PLMN of the terminal device may be a 3G network or a 2G network.
  • the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device may be a 3G network
  • the home PLMN of the terminal device may be a 2G network.
  • only the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is a 5G network
  • the home PLMN of the terminal device is a 4G network as an example for introduction.
  • the first PLMN there is at least one first PLMN, which is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device.
  • the operator of the terminal equipment's PLMN is China Mobile
  • the first PLMN may be a network of another operator (such as China Unicom, China Telecom, etc.) other than China Mobile.
  • the first PLMN may include the PLMNs identified by 46001 and 46006.
  • the first PLMN may be a PLMN where a certain operator provides shared services to other operators.
  • the coverage area of the first PLMN may be a remote area, such as Xinjiang.
  • the access network equipment of China Mobile broadcasts two PLMN IDs, namely 460,00 and 460,30.
  • the PLMN identified by 460,00 provides services for China Mobile's terminal equipment.
  • the PLMN identified by 460 and 30 is the PLMN shared by China Mobile to China Unicom to provide services to China Unicom's terminal equipment.
  • the PLMN identified by the above 460, 30 belongs to the first PLMN.
  • the first PLMN may be pre-configured.
  • the information of the first PLMN may be stored in the form of a table (list), or in other forms.
  • the table may be described as a list of designated PLMNs, or other names, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the country of the first PLMN and the operator of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs may be the same or different, which is not limited here.
  • the second network unit further executes S603, and correspondingly, the implementation process of S601 includes S601a.
  • the introduction of S603 and S601a is as follows:
  • the first mobility management entity sends the first information to the second network element.
  • the second network element receives the first information from the first mobility management entity.
  • the first mobility management entity is a network element in the PLMN that provides services for terminal equipment, and is mainly used for mobility management and access management.
  • the first mobility management entity may be an AMF network element in the visited PLMN. It should be understood that with the evolution of communication technologies, the first mobility management entity may also have other names, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit the name of the entity.
  • the first information includes at least information about the operator to which the first mobility management entity belongs.
  • the first information includes a globally unique access and mobility management function identifier (globally unique AMF identifier, GUAMI).
  • GUAMI is composed of MCC and MNC corresponding to AMF network elements, 8-bit AMF region ID (AMF region ID), 10-bit AMF set ID (AMF set ID) and 6-bit AMF pointer (AMF pointer).
  • the MCC identifies the country to which the operator belongs, and the MNC is the network identifier of the operator.
  • AMF region ID and AMF set ID are combined to indicate a group of AMF network elements serving the same tracking area (tracking area, TA).
  • AMF pool AMF pool
  • AMF identifier AMF identifier
  • AMI AMF identifier
  • AMF region ID is unique under a group of MCC and MNC
  • AMF set ID is unique under AMF region ID.
  • the first mobility management entity ie, the AMF network element
  • the second network element ie, the H-SMF network element
  • receives the GUAMI from the first mobility management entity ie, the AMF network element
  • the GUAMI may be transmitted through a PDU session creation context request message, may also be transmitted through a PDU session update request message, or may be transmitted through other messages, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the transmission process of the first information will be introduced with reference to FIG. 8a and FIG. 8b.
  • the first mobility management entity that is, the AMF network element
  • the second network unit that is, the H-SMF network element
  • the session establishment process includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device sends a PDU session establishment request (PDU session establishment request) message to the AMF network element.
  • the AMF network element receives the PDU session establishment request message from the terminal device.
  • the PDU session establishment request message requests establishment of a PDU session.
  • the terminal device initiates a PDU session establishment request message to the AMF network element of the visited PLMN.
  • the AMF network element in response to the PDU session establishment request message, selects an SMF network element from at least one SMF network element in the visited PLMN as a V-SMF network element, and the home PLMN from the terminal equipment An SMF network element is selected from at least one SMF network element as an H-SMF network element.
  • the AMF network element sends a PDU session creation context request message to the V-SMF network element.
  • the V-SMF network element receives the PDU session creation context request message from the AMF network element.
  • the PDU session creation context request message in S12 can be recorded as the PDU session creation context request (Nsmf_PDU Session_CreateSMContext request) message transmitted by the Nsmf interface.
  • This message includes PDU session establishment request message and GUAMI.
  • the GUAMI is the GUAMI of the AMF network element in S12.
  • the V-SMF network element sends a PDU session creation context request message to the H-SMF network element.
  • the H-SMF network element receives the PDU session creation context request message from the V-SMF network element.
  • the second network unit can receive the first information through the session establishment process.
  • the first mobility management entity that is, the AMF network element
  • the second network element that is, the H-SMF network element
  • the terminal device may move from the 5G network of the home network party to the 5G network of the visited network party. In this case, the terminal device can initiate a session modification procedure.
  • the session modification process includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device sends a registration request (registration request) message to the new AMF network element.
  • the new AMF network element receives the registration request message from the terminal device.
  • the registration request message includes registration type (registration type) information, and the registration type (registration type) information indicates mobile registration updating (mobility registration updating).
  • the new AMF network element sends a context request message to the old AMF network element.
  • the old AMF network element receives the context request message from the new AMF.
  • the context request message is used to request the context information of the terminal device.
  • the context request message may include a Namf interface transmitted user equipment context transfer (Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer) request message.
  • the old AMF network element sends the context information to the new AMF network element.
  • the new AMF network element receives the context information from the old AMF.
  • the context information in S23 includes the context information of the terminal device.
  • the context information may be carried in a user equipment context transfer response (Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer response) message transmitted by the Namf interface.
  • the context information of the terminal device includes but is not limited to the following information: the identifier of the PDU session, the Internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) address used by the PDU session, the business of the PDU session and the session continuity (service and session continuity, SSC) mode, context information of QoS flow, etc.
  • the aforementioned PDU session is a session currently established by the terminal device, and the number of the aforementioned PDU session may be one or multiple, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the new AMF network element sends a PDU session update request message to the H-SMF network element.
  • the H-SMF network element receives the PDU session update request message from the new AMF network element.
  • the PDU session update request message includes GUAMI.
  • the GUAMI in S24 is the GUAMI of the new AMF network element.
  • the PDU session update request message in S24 can be recorded as a PDU session update context request (Nsmf_PDU Session_UptateSMContext request) message transmitted by the Nsmf interface.
  • Nsmf_PDU Session_UptateSMContext request PDU session update context request
  • the AMF network element of the visiting PLMN involved in the embodiment of the present application sends a PDU session update request message to the SMF network element (H-SMF network element) of the home PLMN, indicating that Yes
  • the AMF network element of the visited PLMN sends a PDU session update request message to the SMF network element of the visited PLMN (that is, the V-SMF network element), and the SMF network element of the visited PLMN (that is, the V-SMF network element) element) and then send the PDU session update request message to the SMF network element (H-SMF network element) belonging to the PLMN
  • the SMF network element (ie V-SMF network element) of the PLMN that visits the PLMN plays the role of transparent transmission in this step , for brevity of description, in the embodiments of the present application and in the accompanying
  • the second network unit can receive the first information through the session modification process.
  • S601a For the second network element, after obtaining the first information, S601a can be executed:
  • the second network unit determines, according to the first information, that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN.
  • the second network unit determines that the first mobility management entity belongs to the first PLMN, that is, the terminal The PLMN that the device provides services belongs to the first PLMN.
  • the GUAMI in the PDU session creation context request message is the information of the AMF network element of the visited PLMN.
  • the GUAMI in the PDU session update request message is also the information of the AMF network element of the visited network.
  • the second network unit determines that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN based on the information of the AMF network element that the terminal device visits the PLMN, such as the information of the operator to which the AMF network element belongs.
  • the second network element before performing S601, the second network element further performs S604:
  • the second network unit determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state.
  • the roaming state refers to that the operator of the PLMN providing the service for the terminal equipment is different from the operator of the PLMN to which the terminal equipment belongs.
  • the operator of the terminal equipment belongs to the PLMN is China Mobile, if the current operator of the PLMN that provides services for the terminal equipment is other operators except China Mobile, such as China Unicom, China If there is one item in radio and television, the terminal device is in the roaming state.
  • the roaming status includes roaming within the country and roaming abroad.
  • roaming within a country means that the PLMN providing services for the terminal equipment is different from the PLMN to which the terminal equipment belongs, but the PLMN providing services for the terminal equipment and the PLMN operator of the terminal equipment belong to the same country.
  • Overseas roaming refers to that the PLMN providing services for the terminal device is different from the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs, and the PLMN providing services for the terminal device is different from the country to which the PLMN operator belongs to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may be in a state of roaming within a country, or may be in a state of roaming abroad.
  • the terminal device In the first communication method 600 of the embodiment of the present application, only the terminal device is in the roaming state within the country as an example for introduction.
  • the first network element is an SMF network element that visits the PLMN, that is, a V-SMF network element
  • the second network element is an SMF network element that belongs to the PLMN, that is, an H-SMF network element. If the terminal device is in the roaming state, the message transmission process between the first network element (V-SMF network element) and the second network element (H-SMF network element) is as follows: step a and step b:
  • Step a the V-SMF network element sends a message to the BG.
  • the BG receives the message from the V-SMF network element.
  • the message in step a may include the above-mentioned PDU session creation context request message, may also include the above-mentioned PDU session update request message, and may also include other messages, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the message in step a at least carries the information of the V-SMF network element, such as the identifier of the V-SMF network element.
  • step b the BG sends a message to the H-SMF network element.
  • the H-SMF network element receives the message from the BG.
  • the message in step b is determined based on the message in step a.
  • the message in step b includes the message in step a.
  • the message in step b also includes BG information, such as the BG ID.
  • S604 may be implemented as: if the second network unit executes step b, determine that the terminal device is in a roaming state.
  • the second network unit that is, the H-SMF network element determines that the terminal device is in the roaming state according to the identifier carried in the message in step b (such as the identifier of the V-SMF network element or the identifier of the BG).
  • the second network unit receives the message from the first network unit, and in this case, the second network unit also determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state.
  • the first network element has at least a session management function.
  • the first network element may be a V-SMF network element.
  • the first network unit may also have other names, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit the name of the network unit.
  • the V-SMF network element sends a message to the H-SMF network element, and step a and step b are executed.
  • the V-SMF network element when the terminal device moves from the 5G network of the home network to the 5G network of the visited network, the V-SMF network element also sends a message to the H-SMF network element, step a and step b be executed.
  • the second network element that is, the H-SMF network element
  • step a and step b are not executed, the second network unit determines that the terminal device is not in the roaming state.
  • the second network unit For the second network unit, if the terminal device is in the roaming state, the second network unit only executes S601, otherwise, if the terminal device is not in the roaming state, then the second network unit does not need to execute S601, to simplify the second network unit process. It should be understood that in FIG. 7 , only the case where S601 is implemented as S601a is taken as an example, and the execution sequence of S604 and S601 is shown.
  • both S603 and S604 are optional steps.
  • the second network unit may first execute S603, Execute S604 again. If the message in step a (or step b) includes other messages, then the second network unit may execute S603 first, and then execute S604, or execute S604 first, and then execute S603, or execute S603 and S604 at the same time. Examples are not limited to this.
  • S602a may be performed, as shown in the block of mode 1 in FIG. 6
  • S602b may be performed, as shown in the block of mode 2 in FIG. 6 .
  • the introduction of S602a and S602b is as follows:
  • the second network element does not send the target parameter to the terminal device.
  • the target parameters include mapping parameters of the PDU session of the first communication standard to parameters of the second communication standard.
  • the first communication standard is different from the second communication standard, for example, the first communication standard may be 5G, the second communication standard may be 4G, 3G, or 2G, or the first communication standard may be 4G, and the second communication standard Can be 3G, or 2G.
  • the first communication standard is 5G and the second communication standard is 4G as an example for introduction.
  • the target parameters are introduced as follows:
  • a terminal device accesses a DN by creating a PDU session, and a session may include one or more data flows, such as quality of service (QoS flow).
  • QoS flow quality of service
  • a terminal device accesses a DN by creating a packet data network (PDN connection), and one connection can contain multiple EPS bearers.
  • PDN connection packet data network
  • the terminal device may move from the 5G network to the 4G network.
  • the second network element For the quality of service flow (QoS flow) that may be handed over to the 4G network, the second network element will allocate a corresponding EPS bearer identity (EPS bearer identity, EBI).
  • EPS bearer identity EPS bearer identity
  • the above target parameters may include 4G parameters of the PDU session, such as QoS flow parameters, EBI and so on.
  • the second network unit does not assign the target parameter to the terminal device.
  • the second network unit does not send the target parameter to the terminal device.
  • the session establishment process includes the following steps:
  • the H-SMF network element When the H-SMF network element does not assign target parameters to the terminal device, the H-SMF network element sends a PDU session creation context response message to the V-SMF network element. Correspondingly, the V-SMF network element receives the PDU session creation context response message from the H-SMF network element.
  • the PDU session creation context response message in S14 can be recorded as the PDU session creation context response (Nsmf_PDU Session_CreateSMContext response) message transmitted by the Nsmf interface.
  • the message includes a PDU session establishment accept (PDU session establishment accept) message.
  • PDU session establishment acceptance message does not carry the above target parameter.
  • the V-SMF network element sends a PDU session creation context response message to the AMF network element.
  • the AMF network element receives the PDU session creation context response message from the V-SMF network element.
  • the AMF network element sends a PDU session establishment acceptance message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the PDU session establishment acceptance message from the AMF network element.
  • the PDU session establishment acceptance message in S16 can refer to the introduction of S14, and will not be repeated here.
  • the second network element when the H-SMF network element is used as the second network element and no target parameter is assigned to the terminal device, the second network element sends a PDU session establishment acceptance message that does not carry the target parameter. In this way, the second network unit does not send the target parameter to the terminal device, which can be specifically realized that the above-mentioned PDU session establishment acceptance message does not carry the target parameter, and accordingly, the terminal device cannot receive the target parameter from the second network unit.
  • the second network unit sends indication information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the indication information from the second network unit.
  • the indication information indicates the deletion target parameter.
  • the target parameter in S602b is consistent with the target parameter in S602a, which will not be repeated here.
  • the session modification process includes the following steps:
  • the H-SMF network element sends a PDU session update response message to the new AMF network element.
  • the new AMF network element receives the PDU session update response message from the H-SMF network element.
  • the PDU session update response message includes a PDU session modification command message
  • the PDU session modification command message carries indication information to instruct the terminal device to delete the target parameter.
  • the PDU session update response message can be transmitted through the Nsmf interface, which is recorded as the Nsmf_PDU Session_UptateSMContext response message.
  • the PDU session modification command message can be recorded as a PDU Session Modification Command message.
  • the PDU Session Modification Command message includes mapped EPS bearer contexts (Mapped EPS bearer contexts). Wherein, the mapped EPS bearer context carries a delete new EPS bearer (delete new EPS bearer) instruction in the operation code (operation code). Wherein, the above indication information may be implemented as the above indication of deleting the new EPS bearer.
  • the new AMF network element sends a registration accept (registration accept) message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives a registration acceptance message from the new AMF network element.
  • the new AMF network element sends a PDU session modification command message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the PDU session modification command message from the new AMF network element.
  • the PDU session modification command message in S27 carries the mapped EPS bearer context to transmit instruction information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends a PDU session modification command confirmation message to the new AMF network element.
  • the new AMF network element receives the PDU session modification command confirmation message from the terminal device.
  • the PDU session modification command acknowledgment message may be recorded as PDU Session Modification Command ACK.
  • the terminal device deletes the 4G parameters corresponding to the PDU session, such as EBI and 4G QoS parameters.
  • the second network unit when the H-SMF network element is used as the second network unit and sends indication information to the terminal device, the second network unit sends the indication information to the terminal device by sending a PDU session modification command message to instruct the terminal device to delete the target parameter .
  • the PLMN that provides services for the terminal equipment belongs to the first PLMN.
  • the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device may not belong to the first PLMN.
  • the second network element sends the target parameter to the terminal device, see the processing steps shown in Figure 9 for details:
  • the second network element determines that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN.
  • the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is the same as the home PLMN of the terminal device. That is to say, the PLMN currently accessed by the terminal device is the home PLMN of the terminal device. In this case, the terminal device is not in a roaming state, and the first PLMN and the country to which the terminal device belongs to the PLMN operator may be the same or different, which is not limited herein.
  • the first PLMN may include a PLMN of a domestic operator, or may include a PLMN of an operator in another country.
  • the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is different from the country to which the terminal device belongs to the PLMN operator. That is to say, the PLMN currently accessed by the terminal device is a network of a foreign operator. In this case, the terminal device is roaming abroad.
  • the first PLMN is the same as the country to which the PLMN operator of the terminal device belongs.
  • the home PLMN of the terminal equipment is the network of a Chinese mobile operator
  • the first PLMN only includes PLMNs of domestic operators, and does not include PLMNs of operators in other countries.
  • the second network unit further executes S903, and correspondingly, the implementation process of S901 includes S901a.
  • the introduction of S903 and S901a is as follows:
  • the first mobility management entity sends the first information to the second network element.
  • the second network element receives the first information from the first mobility management entity.
  • the first mobility management entity is a network element in the PLMN that currently provides services for the terminal equipment, and is mainly used for mobility management and access management.
  • the first mobility management entity may be an AMF network element.
  • the first mobility management entity may also have other names, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit the name of the entity.
  • the PLMN serving the terminal device is the same as the home PLMN of the terminal device
  • the first mobility management entity is a network element in the home PLMN of the terminal device.
  • the first mobility management entity is a network element in the PLMN of the operator in other countries.
  • the transmission process of the first information is introduced: the terminal device moves from the 5G network of the visited network party to the 5G network of the home network party .
  • the terminal device can initiate a session modification procedure.
  • the new AMF network element there are two mobility management entities involved in the session establishment process, the new AMF network element and the old AMF network element.
  • the first mobility management entity is the network element of the terminal equipment belonging to the PLMN, and still belongs to the new AMF network element. The specific process can still refer to the description in FIG. 8b , and will not be repeated here.
  • S901a For the second network element, after obtaining the first information, S901a can be executed:
  • the second network unit determines, according to the first information, that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN.
  • the second network unit determines that the first mobility management entity does not belong to the first PLMN, that is, The PLMN that the terminal device provides services does not belong to the first PLMN.
  • the terminal device moving from the 5G network of the visited network party to the 5G network of the home network party as an example.
  • the GUAMI is also the information of the AMF network element of the home network party.
  • the second network element determines that the PLMN serving the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN based on the information of the AMF network element of the home network.
  • the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is different from the country to which the operator of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs. That is, the terminal device is in the roaming state, and belongs to the foreign roaming state. Since the first PLMN is the same as the country to which the PLMN operator of the terminal device belongs. In this case, the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN.
  • the second network unit can determine that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN.
  • S904 can also be executed:
  • the second network unit determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state.
  • the roaming state can refer to the introduction of S604, which will not be repeated here.
  • step a and step b are executed, and the second network unit can determine that the terminal device is in a roaming state.
  • the second network unit executes S901 to further determine whether the PLMN serving the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN, so as to simplify the processing process of the second network unit.
  • the first PLMN is the same as the country to which the PLMN operator of the terminal device belongs.
  • both S903 and S904 are optional steps.
  • the second network unit may first execute S903, Execute S904 again. If the message in step a (or step b) includes other messages, then the second network unit may execute S903 first, and then execute S904, or execute S904 first, and then execute S903, or execute S903 and S904 at the same time. Examples are not limited to this.
  • the second network element sends the target parameter to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the target parameter from the second network element.
  • the introduction is still made by taking the example that the terminal device can move from the 5G network of the visited network party to the 5G network of the home network party.
  • the PDU session modification command message includes the following parameters: PDU session identifier (PDU Session ID), QoS parameters (QoS Flow level QoS parameters) corresponding to the QoS flow, and mapped EPS bearer contexts (Mapped EPS bearer contexts).
  • the PDU session identifier is used to identify a PDU session
  • the QoS parameter corresponding to the QoS flow carries the EBI corresponding to the QoS flow
  • the mapped EPS bearer context carries one or more 4G QoS parameters and EBI corresponding to the QoS flow
  • the mapped The EPS bearer context is carried in the operation code (operation code) to create a new EPS bearer (Create new EPS bearer) instruction.
  • the above-mentioned EBI and 4G QoS parameters are target parameters. That is to say, compared with the PDU session modification command message in S602b, the PDU session modification command message no longer carries indication information, but carries target parameters.
  • the second network element when the H-SMF network element is used as the second network element, the second network element sends the target parameter to the terminal device by sending a PDU session modification command message, so as to provide the target parameter to the terminal device.
  • the second mobility management of the terminal device's home PLMN when the terminal device reselects from the first communication standard of the first PLMN to the second communication standard of the terminal device's home PLMN, the second mobility management of the terminal device's home PLMN The entity sends a Registration Request message.
  • the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device
  • the first communication system is different from the second communication system
  • the terminal device stores target parameters
  • the target parameters include the parameters of the protocol data unit PDU session of the first communication system mapped to the second communication system format parameters.
  • the terminal device receives a registration acceptance message from the second mobility management entity.
  • the terminal device saves the target parameters, when the terminal device moves from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the home PLMN of the terminal device, the terminal The device also initiates a registration request message and no longer initiates a TAU, thereby avoiding the problem of TAU failure, helping to shorten the disconnection time of the terminal device and reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the second communication method 1100 provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device determines to reselect or switch from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the home PLMN of the terminal device.
  • the scenario shown in S1101 includes: the terminal device moves from the 5G network of the visited PLMN to the 4G network of the home PLMN of the terminal device.
  • the processing performed by the terminal device includes the above S1101.
  • the terminal device moves in an idle state, the terminal device reselects from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs. If the terminal device moves while in the connected state, the terminal device switches from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs.
  • the first PLMN is the PLMN that currently provides services for the terminal device.
  • the first PLMN may be the visited PLMN of the terminal device.
  • S601 refer to the introduction of S601, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device stores target parameters, and the target parameters can be referred to the introduction of S602a, which will not be repeated here.
  • the target parameter saved by the terminal device may be generated by the terminal device itself, or may be received from the second network unit. For details, refer to the description of S902 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device sends a registration request message to the second mobility management entity.
  • the second mobility management entity receives the registration request message from the terminal device.
  • the second mobility management entity is a network element in the PLMN to which the terminal equipment belongs, and is mainly used for mobility management and access management.
  • the second mobility management entity may be an MME.
  • the first mobility management entity may also have other names, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit the name of the entity.
  • the registration request message may be recorded as an initial attach message. That is to say, the terminal device sends an initial attach message to the MME.
  • the MME receives the initial attach message from the terminal device.
  • the second mobility management entity sends a registration acceptance message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives a registration acceptance message from the second mobility management entity.
  • the second mobility management entity may be an MME.
  • the registration acceptance message can be recorded as an attach accept message. That is to say, the MME sends an attach accept message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the attach accept message from the MME.
  • the terminal device further executes S1104 before S1102:
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first information, that the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device.
  • the first information includes information of at least one third PLMN
  • the third PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device
  • the third PLMN includes the first PLMN.
  • the third PLMN may be a network of another operator (such as China Unicom, China Telecom, etc.) other than China Mobile.
  • the third PLMN may include the PLMNs identified by 46001 and 46006.
  • the third PLMN may be a PLMN where a certain operator provides shared services to other operators.
  • the coverage area of the third PLMN may be a remote area, such as Xinjiang.
  • the access network equipment of China Mobile broadcasts two PLMN IDs, namely 460,00 and 460,30.
  • the PLMN identified by 460,00 provides services for China Mobile's terminal equipment.
  • the PLMN identified by 460 and 30 is the PLMN shared by China Mobile to China Unicom to provide services to China Unicom's terminal equipment.
  • the PLMN identified by the above 460, 30 belongs to the third PLMN.
  • the third PLMN may be pre-configured.
  • the first information includes preconfigured information of at least one third PLMN.
  • the information of the first PLMN may be stored in the form of a table (list), or in other forms.
  • the table may be described as a list of designated PLMNs, or other names, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the country of the third PLMN and the operator of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs may be the same or different, which is not limited here.
  • S1104 is an optional step.
  • the terminal device may execute S1104 first, then S1101, or execute S1101 first, and then execute S1104, or execute S1101 and S1104 at the same time.
  • This application implements Examples are not limited to this.
  • the manners for the terminal device to obtain the first information include the following two methods:
  • the terminal device also executes S1105a:
  • the second mobility management entity sends the first information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first information from the second mobility management entity.
  • the first information in S1105a is consistent with the first information in S1104, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device may obtain the first information during the registration process of the home network. Specifically, the terminal device sends a registration request message to the second mobility management entity. Correspondingly, the second mobility management entity receives the registration request message from the terminal device. Then, the second mobility management entity sends a registration acceptance message to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives a registration acceptance message from the second mobility management entity.
  • the registration acceptance message includes first information and equivalent public land mobile network (equivalent public land mobile network, EPLMN) information.
  • EPLMN information includes the information of the above-mentioned first PLMN, so that the terminal device camps on the first PLMN.
  • the terminal device can obtain the first information during the registration process of the home network, so that the terminal device can initiate a registration request in time when reselecting from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the home PLMN of the terminal device message, thereby effectively avoiding the problem of TAU failure.
  • the terminal device also executes S1105b:
  • the second network unit sends the first information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first information from the second network unit.
  • the first information in S1105b is consistent with the first information in S1104, which will not be repeated here.
  • the second network unit sends the first information to the terminal device through a PDU session establishment acceptance message.
  • the terminal device receives the first information from the second network unit through the PDU session establishment acceptance message.
  • the steps of the PDU session establishment process can be referred to as shown in FIG. 8a.
  • the PDU session establishment acceptance messages of S14, S15 and S16 all carry the first information.
  • the terminal device can obtain the first information during the establishment of the PDU session, so that when the terminal device reselects from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs, it can initiate a registration request in time message, thereby effectively avoiding the problem of TAU failure.
  • the terminal device sends a registration request message to the first mobility management entity of the first PLMN.
  • the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives a registration accept message from the first mobility management entity.
  • the terminal device deletes the target parameter, or the terminal device does not generate the target parameter, or when the terminal device receives the target parameter from the second network element, it does not save the target parameter.
  • the target parameter includes the parameter mapping of the protocol data unit PDU session of the first communication standard to the parameter of the second communication standard
  • the communication standard of the first PLMN includes the first communication standard
  • the communication standard of the terminal equipment belonging to the PLMN includes the second communication standard .
  • the terminal device deletes the target parameter, or does not generate the target parameter, or when the terminal device receives a message from the second network unit When the target parameter of , the target parameter is not saved.
  • the terminal device reselects from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs, since the terminal device does not save the target parameters, the terminal device initiates a registration request message and no longer initiates a registration request message.
  • TAU so as to avoid the problem of TAU failure, help to shorten the disconnection time of the terminal equipment, and reduce the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • the third communication method 1300 provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device sends a registration request message to the first mobility management entity of the first PLMN.
  • the first management network element receives the registration request message from the terminal device.
  • the first PLMN is different from the PLMN to which the terminal equipment belongs, and reference may be made to the introduction of S1101, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first mobility management entity is a network element in the PLMN that provides services for terminal equipment, and is mainly used for mobility management and access management.
  • the first PLMN is a network visited by the terminal device
  • the first mobility management entity is an AMF network element in the network visited by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends a registration request message to the AMF network element.
  • the AMF network element receives the registration request message from the terminal device.
  • the first mobility management entity sends a registration acceptance message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives a registration acceptance message from the first mobility management entity.
  • the first PLMN is a network visited by the terminal device
  • the first mobility management entity is an AMF network element in the network visited by the terminal device.
  • the AMF network element sends a registration acceptance message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the registration acceptance message from the AMF network element. In this way, the terminal device can complete the registration process in the first PLMN, and is in a registration state in the first PLMN.
  • S1303a For the terminal device, after executing S1302, you can execute S1303a, as shown in the box of "Method 1" in Figure 13, or you can execute S1303b, as shown in the box of "Method 2" in Figure 13, you can also execute S1303c, as shown in the box of "Mode 3" in FIG. 13 .
  • S1303a, S1303b and S1303c is as follows:
  • the terminal device deletes the target parameter.
  • the target parameter deleted by the terminal device may be a parameter received from the second network unit, and reference may be made to the description of S902, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device does not generate the target parameter.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device registers with the first PLMN, the terminal device does not generate the target parameter.
  • the terminal device reselects from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the home PLMN of the terminal device, the terminal device does not generate the target parameter.
  • the second network unit sends a PDU session modification command message to the terminal device.
  • the target parameter is carried in the PDU session modification command message. In this case, even if the terminal device receives the target parameter from the second network element, it does not save the target parameter.
  • the terminal device further executes S1104 before S1303a (or S1303b, or S1303c), that is, the terminal device determines that the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device according to the first information.
  • the way for the terminal device to obtain the first information can refer to the introduction of S1105a and S1105b, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, and the communication device may be the network element in the foregoing method embodiment, or a device including the foregoing network element, or may be a component applicable to the network element.
  • the communication device includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software in combination with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1400 .
  • the communication device 1400 includes a processing unit 1401 , a sending unit 1402 and a receiving unit 1403 .
  • the processing unit 1401 is configured to support the terminal device to perform other processing operations that the terminal device needs to perform in FIG. 6 .
  • the sending unit 1402 is configured to support the terminal device to perform other sending operations that the terminal device in FIG. 6 needs to perform.
  • the receiving unit 1403 is configured to support the terminal device to perform S602b in FIG. 6 , and/or other receiving operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processing unit 1401 is configured to support the terminal device to perform S1101 in FIG. 11 and/or other processing operations that the terminal device needs to perform in this embodiment of the application.
  • the sending unit 1402 is configured to support the terminal device to perform S1102 in FIG. 11 , and/or other sending operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the receiving unit 1403 is configured to support the terminal device to perform S1103 in FIG. 11 , and/or other receiving operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processing unit 1401 is used to support the terminal device to execute S1303a, S1303b, or S1303c in FIG. 13, and/or the terminal device in the embodiment of this application needs to execute other processing operations.
  • the sending unit 1402 is configured to support the terminal device to perform S1301 in FIG. 13 , and/or other sending operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the receiving unit 1403 is configured to support the terminal device to perform S1302 in FIG. 13 , and/or other receiving operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processing unit 1401 is used to support the second network unit to execute S601 in FIG. Other processing operations.
  • the sending unit 1402 is configured to support the second network unit to perform S602b in FIG. 6 , and/or other sending operations that the second network unit needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the receiving unit 1403 is configured to support the second network unit to perform other receiving operations that need to be performed by the second network unit in FIG. 6 .
  • the processing unit 1401 is configured to support the second mobility management entity to perform other processing operations that the second mobility management entity needs to perform in FIG. 11 .
  • the sending unit 1402 is configured to support the second mobility management entity to perform S1103 in FIG. 11 , and/or other sending operations that the second mobility management entity needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the receiving unit 1403 is configured to support the second mobility management entity to perform S1102 in FIG. 11 , and/or other receiving operations that the second mobility management entity needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processing unit 1401 is configured to support the first mobility management entity to perform other processing operations that the first mobility management entity needs to perform in FIG. 13 .
  • the sending unit 1402 is configured to support the first mobility management entity to perform S1302 in FIG. 13 , and/or other sending operations that the first mobility management entity needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the receiving unit 1403 is configured to support the first mobility management entity to perform S1301 in FIG. 13 , and/or other receiving operations that the first mobility management entity needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1400 may further include a storage unit 1404 for storing program codes and data of the communication device, and the data may include but not limited to original data or intermediate data.
  • the processing unit 1401 may be a processor or a controller, such as a CPU, a general processor, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other Programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure.
  • the processor can also be a combination of computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of DSP and a microprocessor, and so on.
  • the sending unit 1402 may be a communication interface, a transmitter, or a sending circuit, etc., where the communication interface is collectively referred to.
  • the communication interface may include multiple interfaces, for example, it may include: interface and/or other interfaces.
  • the receiving unit 1403 may be a communication interface, a receiver, or a receiving circuit, etc., where the communication interface is collectively referred to as, in a specific implementation, the communication interface may include multiple interfaces, for example, may include: interface and/or other interfaces.
  • the sending unit 1402 and the receiving unit 1403 may be physically or logically implemented as the same unit.
  • the storage unit 1404 may be a memory.
  • the processing unit 1401 is a processor
  • the sending unit 1402 and the receiving unit 1403 are communication interfaces
  • the storage unit 1404 is a memory
  • the communication device involved in this embodiment of the present application may be as shown in FIG. 15 .
  • the communication device includes: a processor 1501 , a communication interface 1502 , and a memory 1503 .
  • the communication device may further include a bus 1504 .
  • the communication interface 1502, the processor 1501 and the memory 1503 can be connected to each other through the bus 1504;
  • the bus 1504 can be a peripheral component interconnect standard (peripheral component interconnect, PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (extended industry standard architecture, EISA) bus etc.
  • the bus 1504 can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 15 , but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product carrying computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the method described in the foregoing embodiments.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are run on a computer, the computer executes the method described in the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, including: a processing circuit and a transceiver circuit, and the processing circuit and the transceiver circuit are used to implement the methods described in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the processing circuit is used to execute the processing action in the corresponding method
  • the transceiver circuit is used to execute the receiving/sending action in the corresponding method.
  • all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device including a server, a data center, and the like integrated with one or more available media.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a tape), an optical medium (for example, a digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state drive (solid state drive, SSD)) wait.
  • a magnetic medium for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a tape
  • an optical medium for example, a digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)
  • a semiconductor medium for example, a solid state drive (solid state drive, SSD)
  • the disclosed system, device and method can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the modules is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple modules or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or modules may be in electrical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple devices. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to the technical field of wireless communications, and provides a communication method and apparatus, capable of avoiding the problem of a TAU failure, facilitating the shortening of network disconnection time of a terminal device, and reducing the power consumption of the terminal device. The method comprises: a second network unit determines that a third public land mobile network (PLMN) serving the terminal device belongs to a first PLMN, wherein the second network unit is a network unit in a home PLMN of the terminal device, there is at least one first PLMN, and the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device; the second network unit does not send a first target parameter to the terminal device, or the second network unit sends indication information to the terminal device, wherein the indication information indicates the deletion of the first target parameter, and the first target parameter comprises a parameter of a protocol data unit (PDU) session in a first communication mode mapped to a second communication mode.

Description

通信方法及装置Communication method and device
本申请要求于2022年01月30日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202210114807.2、申请名称为“通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202210114807.2 and the application name "Communication Method and Device" submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office on January 30, 2022, the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference.
技术领域technical field
本申请实施例涉及无线通信领域，尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of wireless communication, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
目前，处于空闲(idle)态的终端设备从第五代(fifth generation，5G)网络移动到***(fourth generation，4G)网络时，若该终端设备上已建立的一个协议数据单元(protocol data unit，PDU)会话中至少存在一个支持互操作(interworking)的PDU会话，则该终端设备在4G网络内发起跟踪区更新(tracking area update，TAU)请求。其中，若终端设备的PDU会话保存有对应的4G参数，则可以理解为，该PDU会话是支持互操作的PDU会话。相应的，4G网络的核心网网元移动管理实体(mobility management entity，MME)从5G网络的核心网网元接入及移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)获取终端设备的上下文信息，从而完成TAU。Currently, when a terminal device in an idle state moves from a fifth generation (5G) network to a fourth generation (4G) network, if a protocol data unit (PDU) has been established on the terminal device If there is at least one PDU session supporting interworking (interworking) in the data unit (PDU) session, the terminal device initiates a tracking area update (TAU) request in the 4G network. Wherein, if the PDU session of the terminal device stores the corresponding 4G parameters, it can be understood that the PDU session is a PDU session supporting interoperability. Correspondingly, the mobility management entity (MME) of the core network of the 4G network obtains the context information of the terminal device from the access and mobility management function (AMF) of the core network of the 5G network , thus completing the TAU.
然而，在漫游场景中，归属网络的会话管理功能网元(session management function，SMF)网元总是给终端设备发送PDU会话对应的4G参数。并且，当拜访网络方的AMF网元与归属网络方的MME网元间未开通接口时，若终端设备从拜访网络的5G网络移动到归属网络的4G网络，则MME无法获取到上下文信息，导致TAU失败，终端设备的功耗和断网时间增加，用户体验差。However, in the roaming scenario, the session management function (session management function, SMF) network element of the home network always sends the 4G parameters corresponding to the PDU session to the terminal device. Moreover, when the interface between the AMF network element of the visited network and the MME network element of the home network is not opened, if the terminal device moves from the 5G network of the visited network to the 4G network of the home network, the MME cannot obtain the context information, resulting in If the TAU fails, the power consumption and disconnection time of the terminal equipment will increase, and the user experience will be poor.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置，能够避免TAU失败的问题，有助于缩短终端设备的断网时间，降低终端设备的功耗。The embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device, which can avoid the problem of TAU failure, help to shorten the disconnection time of the terminal equipment, and reduce the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
为达到上述目的，本申请实施例采用如下技术方案：In order to achieve the above purpose, the embodiment of the present application adopts the following technical solutions:
第一方面，本申请提供一种通信方法，该方法的执行主体可以是第二网络单元，也可以是应用于第二网络单元中的芯片。下面以执行主体是第二网络单元为例进行描述。该方法包括：第二网络单元确定为终端设备提供服务的第三公共陆地移动网络PLMN属于第一PLMN，其中，第二网络单元是终端设备归属PLMN中的网络单元，第一PLMN的数量为至少一个，且与终端设备归属PLMN不同。第二网络单元不向终端设备发送第一目标参数，或第二网络单元向终端设备发送指示信息，其中，指示信息指示删除第一目标参数。第一目标参数包括第一通信制式的协议数据单元PDU会话的参数映射至第二通信制式的参数，为终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN的通信制式包括第一通信制式，终端设备归属PLMN的通信制式包括第二通信制式，第一通信制式与第二通信制式不同。In a first aspect, the present application provides a communication method, and the execution body of the method may be a second network unit, or may be a chip applied to the second network unit. The following description is made by taking the execution subject as an example of the second network unit. The method includes: the second network unit determines that the third public land mobile network PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN, wherein the second network unit is a network unit in the home PLMN of the terminal device, and the number of the first PLMN is at least One, and it is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device. The second network unit does not send the first target parameter to the terminal device, or the second network unit sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information indicates to delete the first target parameter. The first target parameter includes the mapping of protocol data unit PDU session parameters of the first communication system to parameters of the second communication system, the communication system of the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal equipment includes the first communication system, and the communication of the terminal equipment belongs to the PLMN The standard includes a second communication standard, and the first communication standard is different from the second communication standard.
如此，为终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN属于第一PLMN的情况下，终端设备也就不会接收到第一目标参数，或删除已接收到的第一目标参数。当终端设备从当前为自身提供服务的第一通信制式的第三PLMN重选到自身归属的第二通信制式的PLMN时，由于终端设备未 存储第一目标参数，所以，终端设备不再发起TAU，从而避免TAU失败的问题，有助于缩短终端设备的断网时间，降低终端设备的功耗。In this way, when the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN, the terminal device will not receive the first target parameter, or delete the received first target parameter. When the terminal device reselects from the third PLMN of the first communication system currently serving itself to the PLMN of the second communication system to which it belongs, since the terminal device does not store the first target parameter, the terminal device no longer initiates TAU , so as to avoid the problem of TAU failure, help to shorten the disconnection time of the terminal equipment, and reduce the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
在一种可能的设计中，本申请实施例通信方法还包括：第二网络单元接收来自第三移动管理实体的第一信息，其中，第三移动管理实体是为终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN中的网元，第一信息包括第三移动管理实体所属运营商的信息。第二网络单元确定为终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN属于第一PLMN，包括：第二网络单元根据第一信息，确定为终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN属于第一PLMN。In a possible design, the communication method in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the second network element receives the first information from the third mobility management entity, where the third mobility management entity is a third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device In the network element, the first information includes information about the operator to which the third mobility management entity belongs. The second network unit determining that the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN includes: the second network unit determines that the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN according to the first information.
也就是说，第二网络单元基于第三移动管理实体所属运营商的信息，即可确定为终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN属于第一PLMN。That is to say, based on the information of the operator to which the third mobility management entity belongs, the second network unit can determine that the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN.
在一种可能的设计中，第二网络单元确定为终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN属于第一PLMN，包括：当第二网络单元确定终端设备处于漫游状态时，第二网络单元确定为终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN属于第一PLMN，以简化第二网络单元的处理过程。In a possible design, the second network unit determines that the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN, including: when the second network unit determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state, the second network unit determines that the terminal device is The third PLMN providing the service belongs to the first PLMN, so as to simplify the processing process of the second network element.
在一种可能的设计中，本申请实施例通信方法还包括：第二网络单元接收来自第三网络单元或第三边界网关BG的第二信息，其中，第三网络单元是为终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN中的网络单元，第三BG用于连接第二网络单元和第三网络单元。第二网络单元根据第二信息，确定终端设备处于漫游状态。In a possible design, the communication method in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the second network unit receives the second information from the third network unit or the third border gateway BG, where the third network unit provides services for terminal equipment The network element in the third PLMN, the third BG is used to connect the second network element and the third network element. The second network unit determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state according to the second information.
也就是说，第二网络单元能够接收到来自第三网络单元或第三边界网关的信息，即可认为终端设备处于漫游状态。That is to say, the second network unit can receive information from the third network unit or the third border gateway, that is, it can be considered that the terminal device is in a roaming state.
在一种可能的设计中，本申请实施例通信方法还包括：第二网络单元向终端设备发送PDU会话建立接受消息。其中，第二网络单元不向终端设备发送第一目标参数，包括：PDU会话建立接受消息不携带第一目标参数，相应的，终端设备也就无法接收到第一目标参数。In a possible design, the communication method in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the second network unit sends a PDU session establishment acceptance message to the terminal device. Wherein, the second network unit does not send the first target parameter to the terminal device, including: the PDU session establishment acceptance message does not carry the first target parameter, and correspondingly, the terminal device cannot receive the first target parameter.
在一种可能的设计中，第二网络单元通过PDU会话修改命令消息向终端设备发送指示信息，以在会话修改过程中向终端设备提供指示信息。In a possible design, the second network unit sends the indication information to the terminal device through a PDU session modification command message, so as to provide the indication information to the terminal device during the session modification process.
在一种可能的设计中，第一PLMN是预配置的。In one possible design, the first PLMN is preconfigured.
在一种可能的设计中，本申请实施例通信方法还包括：第二网络单元确定为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN不属于第一PLMN。第二网络单元向终端设备发送第二目标参数，其中，第二目标参数包括第一通信制式的PDU会话的参数映射至第二通信制式的参数，为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN的通信制式包括第一通信制式，以使终端设备能够正常获取到第二目标参数。应理解，对于第一目标参数来说，在第一目标参数中，第一通信制式的PDU会话是第三PLMN中的PDU会话。对于第二目标参数来说，在第二目标参数中，第一通信制式的PDU会话是第四PLMN中的PDU会话。In a possible design, the communication method in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the second network unit determines that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN. The second network unit sends the second target parameter to the terminal device, where the second target parameter includes the mapping of the parameters of the PDU session of the first communication standard to the parameter of the second communication standard, and the communication standard of the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device The first communication mode is included, so that the terminal device can normally obtain the second target parameter. It should be understood that, for the first target parameter, in the first target parameter, the PDU session of the first communication standard is the PDU session in the third PLMN. For the second target parameter, in the second target parameter, the PDU session of the first communication standard is the PDU session in the fourth PLMN.
在一种可能的设计中，为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN是终端设备归属PLMN。也就是说，终端设备当前接入的PLMN是自身归属的PLMN。In a possible design, the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is the home PLMN of the terminal device. That is to say, the PLMN currently accessed by the terminal device is the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs.
在一种可能的设计中，为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN的运营商所属国家不同。也就是说，终端设备处于国外漫游状态。In a possible design, the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is different from the country to which the operator of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs. That is to say, the terminal device is in a state of roaming abroad.
在一种可能的设计中，第二网络单元确定为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN不属于第一PLMN，包括：当第二网络单元确定终端设备处于漫游状态时，第二网络单元确定为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN不属于第一PLMN，以简单第二网络单元的处理过程。In a possible design, the second network unit determines that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN, including: when the second network unit determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state, the second network unit determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state. The fourth PLMN that the device provides services does not belong to the first PLMN, so as to simplify the processing process of the second network unit.
在一种可能的设计中，本申请实施例通信方法还包括：第二网络单元接收来自第四网络 单元或第四边界网关BG的第四信息，其中，第四网络单元是为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN中的网络单元，第四BG用于连接第二网络单元和第四网络单元。第二网络单元根据第四信息，确定终端设备处于漫游状态。也就是说，第二网络单元能够接收到来自第四网络单元或第四边界网关的信息，即可认为终端设备处于漫游状态。In a possible design, the communication method in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the second network unit receives fourth information from the fourth network unit or the fourth border gateway BG, where the fourth network unit provides services for terminal equipment The network element in the fourth PLMN, the fourth BG is used to connect the second network element and the fourth network element. The second network unit determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state according to the fourth information. That is to say, the second network unit can receive the information from the fourth network unit or the fourth border gateway, that is, it can be considered that the terminal device is in a roaming state.
在一种可能的设计中，本申请实施例通信方法还包括：第二网络单元接收来自第四移动管理实体的第一信息，其中，第四移动管理实体是为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN中的网元，第一信息包括第四移动管理实体所属运营商的信息。第二网络单元确定为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN不属于第一PLMN，包括：第二网络单元根据第一信息，确定为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN不属于第一PLMN。In a possible design, the communication method in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the second network element receives the first information from the fourth mobility management entity, where the fourth mobility management entity is a fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device In the network element, the first information includes information about the operator to which the fourth mobility management entity belongs. The second network unit determining that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN includes: the second network unit determines that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN according to the first information.
也就是说，第二网络单元基于第四移动管理实体所属运营商的信息，即可确定为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN不属于第一PLMN。That is to say, the second network unit can determine, based on the information of the operator to which the fourth mobility management entity belongs, that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN.
在一种可能的设计中，第一信息包括全球唯一的接入和移动管理功能标识GUAMI。In a possible design, the first information includes a globally unique access and mobility management function identifier GUAMI.
第二方面，本申请提供一种通信方法，该方法的执行主体可以是第二网络单元，也可以是应用于第二网络单元中的芯片。下面以执行主体是第二网络单元为例进行描述。该方法包括：第二网络单元确定为终端设备提供服务的公共陆地移动网络PLMN不属于第一PLMN，其中，第二网络单元是终端设备归属PLMN中的网络单元，第一PLMN的数量为至少一个，且与终端设备归属PLMN不同。第二网络单元向终端设备发送目标参数，其中，目标参数包括第一通信制式的协议数据单元PDU会话的参数映射至第二通信制式的参数，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN的通信制式包括第一通信制式，终端设备归属PLMN的通信制式包括第二通信制式，第一通信制式与第二通信制式不同。In a second aspect, the present application provides a communication method, and the execution body of the method may be a second network unit, or may be a chip applied to the second network unit. The following description is made by taking the execution subject as an example of the second network unit. The method includes: the second network unit determines that the public land mobile network PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN, wherein the second network unit is a network unit in the home PLMN of the terminal device, and the number of the first PLMN is at least one , and is different from the PLMN to which the terminal equipment belongs. The second network unit sends the target parameter to the terminal device, wherein the target parameter includes the parameter mapping of the protocol data unit PDU session of the first communication standard to the parameter of the second communication standard, and the communication standard of the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device includes the first The communication standard, the communication standard to which the terminal device belongs to the PLMN includes the second communication standard, and the first communication standard is different from the second communication standard.
也就是说，在为终端设备提供服务的公共陆地移动网络PLMN不属于第一PLMN的情况下，第二网络单元能够为终端设备提供目标参数，以使终端设备正常获取到目标参数。That is to say, in the case that the public land mobile network PLMN serving the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN, the second network element can provide the target parameter for the terminal device, so that the terminal device can obtain the target parameter normally.
在一种可能的设计中，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN是终端设备归属PLMN。In a possible design, the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is the home PLMN of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN的运营商所属国家不同。In a possible design, the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is different from the country to which the operator of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs.
在一种可能的设计中，第二网络单元确定为终端设备提供服务的PLMN不属于第一PLMN，包括：当第二网络单元确定终端设备处于漫游状态时，第二网络单元确定为终端设备提供服务的PLMN不属于第一PLMN。In a possible design, the second network unit determines that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN, including: when the second network unit determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state, the second network unit determines that the terminal device provides The serving PLMN does not belong to the first PLMN.
在一种可能的设计中，本申请实施例通信方法还包括：第二网络单元接收来自第一网络单元或边界网关BG的第一信息，其中，第一网络单元是为终端设备提供服务的PLMN中的网络单元，BG用于连接第一网络单元和第二网络单元。第二网络单元根据第一信息，确定终端设备处于漫游状态。In a possible design, the communication method in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the second network unit receives the first information from the first network unit or the border gateway BG, where the first network unit is a PLMN that provides services for terminal equipment In the network unit, the BG is used to connect the first network unit and the second network unit. The second network unit determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state according to the first information.
在一种可能的设计中，本申请实施例通信方法还包括：第二网络单元接收来自第一移动管理实体的第二信息，其中，第一移动管理实体是为终端设备提供服务的PLMN中的网元，第二信息包括第一移动管理实体所属运营商的信息。第二网络单元确定为终端设备提供服务的PLMN不属于第一PLMN，包括：第二网络单元根据第二信息，确定为终端设备提供服务的PLMN不属于第一PLMN。In a possible design, the communication method in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the second network element receives the second information from the first mobility management entity, where the first mobility management entity is a PLMN that provides services for the terminal device For a network element, the second information includes information about an operator to which the first mobility management entity belongs. The second network unit determining that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN includes: the second network unit determines that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN according to the second information.
在一种可能的设计中，第二信息包括全球唯一的接入和移动管理功能标识GUAMI。In a possible design, the second information includes a globally unique access and mobility management function identifier GUAMI.
在一种可能的设计中，第一PLMN是预配置的。In one possible design, the first PLMN is preconfigured.
第三方面，本申请提供一种通信方法，该方法的执行主体可以是终端设备，也可以是应用于终端设备中的芯片。下面以执行主体是终端设备为例进行描述。该方法包括：当终端设备从第一公共陆地移动网络PLMN的第一通信制式移动到终端设备归属PLMN的第二通信制式时，向终端设备归属PLMN的第二移动管理实体发送注册请求消息，其中，第一PLMN和终端设备归属PLMN不同，第一通信制式与第二通信制式不同，终端设备保存有目标参数，目标参数包括第一通信制式的协议数据单元PDU会话的参数映射至第二通信制式的参数。终端设备接收来自第二移动管理实体的注册接受消息。In a third aspect, the present application provides a communication method, and the execution subject of the method may be a terminal device, or may be a chip applied in the terminal device. The following description is made by taking the execution subject as a terminal device as an example. The method includes: when the terminal device moves from the first communication standard of the first public land mobile network PLMN to the second communication standard of the terminal device's home PLMN, sending a registration request message to a second mobility management entity of the terminal device's home PLMN, wherein , the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device, the first communication standard is different from the second communication standard, the terminal device stores target parameters, and the target parameters include the protocol data unit PDU session parameters of the first communication standard mapped to the second communication standard parameters. The terminal device receives a registration accept message from the second mobility management entity.
示例性的，当终端设备从第一PLMN的第一通信制式移动到终端设备归属PLMN的第二通信制式时，若终端设备处于空闲态下发生移动，则终端设备从第一PLMN的第一通信制式重选到终端设备归属PLMN的第二通信制式。若终端设备处于连接态下发生移动，则终端设备从第一PLMN的第一通信制式切换到终端设备归属PLMN的第二通信制式。Exemplarily, when the terminal device moves from the first communication standard of the first PLMN to the second communication standard of the terminal device's home PLMN, if the terminal device moves while it is in an idle state, the first communication mode of the terminal device from the first PLMN The mode is reselected to the second communication mode of the home PLMN of the terminal device. If the terminal device moves while in the connected state, the terminal device switches from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs.
如此，即使第一PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN不同，并且，终端设备保存有目标参数，当终端设备从第一PLMN的第一通信制式移动到终端设备归属PLMN的第二通信制式时，终端设备也发起注册请求消息，不再发起TAU，从而避免TAU失败的问题，有助于缩短终端设备的断网时间，降低终端设备的功耗。In this way, even if the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device, and the terminal device stores target parameters, when the terminal device moves from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the home PLMN of the terminal device, the terminal device also A registration request message is initiated, and TAU is no longer initiated, so as to avoid the problem of TAU failure, help to shorten the disconnection time of the terminal device, and reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中，本申请实施例通信方法还包括：终端设备根据第一信息，确定第一PLMN和终端设备归属PLMN不同。其中，第一信息包括至少一个第三PLMN的信息，第三PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN不同，第三PLMN包括第一PLMN。In a possible design, the communication method in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the terminal device determines, according to the first information, that the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device. Wherein, the first information includes information of at least one third PLMN, the third PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device, and the third PLMN includes the first PLMN.
也就是说，第一信息包括预配置的至少一个第三PLMN的信息。如此，终端设备基于第一信息，来确定第一PLMN和终端设备归属PLMN不同。That is to say, the first information includes preconfigured information of at least one third PLMN. In this way, the terminal device determines, based on the first information, that the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中，本申请实施例通信方法还包括：终端设备接收来自第二移动管理实体的第一信息，以从归属网络的第二移动管理实体获取到第一信息。In a possible design, the communication method in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the terminal device receives first information from the second mobility management entity, so as to obtain the first information from the second mobility management entity of the home network.
在一种可能的设计中，第一信息与等效公用陆地移动网络EPLMN承载于同一消息。其中，EPLMN至少包括第一PLMN。也就是说，终端设备可以在归属网络的注册过程中获取到第一信息，以使终端设备从第一PLMN的第一通信制式重选到终端设备归属PLMN的第二通信制式时，能够及时发起注册请求消息，从而有效避免TAU失败的问题。In a possible design, the first information and the equivalent public land mobile network EPLMN are carried in the same message. Wherein, the EPLMN includes at least the first PLMN. That is to say, the terminal device can obtain the first information during the registration process of the home network, so that when the terminal device reselects from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the home PLMN of the terminal device, it can initiate the reselection in time. The registration request message can effectively avoid the problem of TAU failure.
在一种可能的设计中，本申请实施例通信方法还包括：终端设备接收来自第二网络单元的第一信息，其中，第二网络单元属于终端设备归属PLMN中的网络单元，以从第二网络单元获取到第一信息。In a possible design, the communication method in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the terminal device receives the first information from the second network unit, where the second network unit belongs to a network unit in the home PLMN of the terminal device, and the second network unit receives the first information from the second The network unit obtains the first information.
在一种可能的设计中，终端设备通过PDU会话建立接受消息接收来自第二网络单元的第一信息。也就是说，终端设备可以在PDU会话建立过程中获取到第一信息，以使终端设备从第一PLMN的第一通信制式重选到终端设备归属PLMN的第二通信制式时，能够及时发起注册请求消息，从而有效避免TAU失败的问题。In a possible design, the terminal device receives the first information from the second network element through a PDU session establishment acceptance message. That is to say, the terminal device can obtain the first information during the establishment of the PDU session, so that when the terminal device reselects from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the home PLMN of the terminal device, it can initiate registration in time Request message, so as to effectively avoid the problem of TAU failure.
第四方面，本申请提供一种通信方法，该方法的执行主体可以是终端设备，也可以是应用于终端设备中的芯片。下面以执行主体是终端设备为例进行描述。该方法包括：终端设备向第一公共陆地移动网络PLMN的第一移动管理实体发送注册请求消息，其中，第一PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN不同。终端设备接收来自第一移动管理实体的注册接受消息。终端设备删除目标参数，或终端设备不生成目标参数，或当终端设备接收到来自第二网络单元的目标参数时，不保存目标参数，其中，第二网络单元是终端设备归属PLMN中的网络单元，目 标参数包括第一通信制式的协议数据单元PDU会话的参数映射至第二通信制式的参数，第一PLMN的通信制式包括第一通信制式，终端设备归属PLMN的通信制式包括第二通信制式。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a communication method, and the execution subject of the method may be a terminal device, or may be a chip applied in the terminal device. The following description is made by taking the execution subject as a terminal device as an example. The method includes: the terminal device sends a registration request message to a first mobility management entity of a first public land mobile network (PLMN), wherein the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device. The terminal device receives a registration accept message from the first mobility management entity. The terminal device deletes the target parameter, or the terminal device does not generate the target parameter, or does not save the target parameter when the terminal device receives the target parameter from the second network unit, wherein the second network unit is a network unit in the home PLMN of the terminal device The target parameters include the mapping of protocol data unit PDU session parameters of the first communication standard to parameters of the second communication standard, the communication standard of the first PLMN includes the first communication standard, and the communication standard of the terminal device’s home PLMN includes the second communication standard.
也就是说，即使第一PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN不同，并且，终端设备已在第一PLMN注册之后，终端设备删除目标参数，或不生成目标参数，或当终端设备接收到来自第二网络单元的目标参数时，不保存目标参数。这样一来，当终端设备从第一PLMN的第一通信制式重选到终端设备归属PLMN的第二通信制式时，由于终端设备未保存目标参数，所以，终端设备发起注册请求消息，不再发起TAU，从而避免TAU失败的问题，有助于缩短终端设备的断网时间，降低终端设备的功耗。That is to say, even if the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device, and after the terminal device has registered with the first PLMN, the terminal device deletes the target parameter, or does not generate the target parameter, or when the terminal device receives a message from the second network unit When the target parameter of , the target parameter is not saved. In this way, when the terminal device reselects from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs, since the terminal device does not save the target parameters, the terminal device initiates a registration request message and no longer initiates a registration request message. TAU, so as to avoid the problem of TAU failure, help to shorten the disconnection time of the terminal equipment, and reduce the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
在一种可能的设计中，本申请实施例通信方法还包括：终端设备根据第一信息，确定第一PLMN和终端设备归属PLMN不同。其中，第一信息包括至少一个第三PLMN的信息，第三PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN不同，第三PLMN包括第一PLMN。In a possible design, the communication method in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the terminal device determines, according to the first information, that the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device. Wherein, the first information includes information of at least one third PLMN, the third PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device, and the third PLMN includes the first PLMN.
在一种可能的设计中，本申请实施例通信方法还包括：终端设备接收来自第二移动管理实体的第一信息，其中，第二移动管理实体是终端设备归属PLMN中的网元。In a possible design, the communication method in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the terminal device receiving first information from a second mobility management entity, where the second mobility management entity is a network element in the home PLMN of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中，第一信息与等效公用陆地移动网络EPLMN承载于同一消息。其中，EPLMN至少包括第一PLMN。In a possible design, the first information and the equivalent public land mobile network EPLMN are carried in the same message. Wherein, the EPLMN includes at least the first PLMN.
在一种可能的设计中，本申请实施例通信方法还包括：终端设备接收来自第二网络单元的第一信息，其中，第二网络单元属于终端设备归属PLMN中的网络单元。In a possible design, the communication method in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the terminal device receiving first information from a second network unit, where the second network unit belongs to a network unit in the home PLMN of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中，终端设备通过PDU会话建立接受消息接收来自第二网络单元的第一信息。In a possible design, the terminal device receives the first information from the second network element through a PDU session establishment acceptance message.
第五方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以为上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能的设计中的第二网络单元，或者实现上述第二网络单元功能的芯片；所述通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means)，该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现，软件实现，或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which may be the second network unit in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or a chip that realizes the function of the second network unit; The above-mentioned communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for realizing the above-mentioned method, and the modules, units, or means may be implemented by hardware, software, or by executing corresponding software on hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
该通信装置包括处理单元、发送单元和接收单元。其中，处理单元，用于确定为终端设备提供服务的第三公共陆地移动网络PLMN属于第一PLMN，其中，通信装置是终端设备归属PLMN中的网络单元，第一PLMN的数量为至少一个，且与终端设备归属PLMN不同。发送单元，不用于向终端设备发送第一目标参数，或发送单元用于向终端设备发送指示信息，其中，指示信息指示删除第一目标参数；第一目标参数包括第一通信制式的协议数据单元PDU会话的参数映射至第二通信制式的参数，为终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN的通信制式包括第一通信制式，终端设备归属PLMN的通信制式包括第二通信制式，第一通信制式与第二通信制式不同。The communication device includes a processing unit, a sending unit and a receiving unit. Wherein, the processing unit is configured to determine that the third public land mobile network PLMN providing services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN, wherein the communication device is a network unit in the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs, and the number of the first PLMN is at least one, and It is different from the PLMN to which the terminal equipment belongs. The sending unit is not used to send the first target parameter to the terminal device, or the sending unit is used to send indication information to the terminal device, wherein the indication information indicates to delete the first target parameter; the first target parameter includes a protocol data unit of the first communication standard The parameters of the PDU session are mapped to the parameters of the second communication standard, the communication standard of the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device includes the first communication standard, the communication standard of the PLMN that the terminal device belongs to includes the second communication standard, the first communication standard and the second communication standard The two communication formats are different.
在一种可能的设计中，接收单元，用于接收来自第三移动管理实体的第一信息，其中，第三移动管理实体是为终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN中的网元，第一信息包括第三移动管理实体所属运营商的信息。处理单元，用于确定为终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN属于第一PLMN，包括：根据第一信息，确定为终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN属于第一PLMN。In a possible design, the receiving unit is configured to receive first information from a third mobility management entity, where the third mobility management entity is a network element in a third PLMN that provides services for terminal equipment, and the first information It includes information about the operator to which the third mobility management entity belongs. The processing unit is configured to determine that the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN, including: determining, according to the first information, that the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN.
在一种可能的设计中，处理单元，用于确定为终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN属于第一PLMN，包括：当确定终端设备处于漫游状态时，确定为终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN属于第一PLMN。In a possible design, the processing unit, configured to determine that the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN includes: when determining that the terminal device is in a roaming state, determining that the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to First PLMN.
在一种可能的设计中，接收单元，还用于接收来自第三网络单元或第三边界网关BG的第二信息，其中，第三网络单元是为终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN中的网络单元，第三BG用于连接通信装置和第三网络单元。处理单元，还用于根据第二信息，确定终端设备处于漫游状态。In a possible design, the receiving unit is further configured to receive second information from a third network unit or a third border gateway BG, where the third network unit is a network in a third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device unit, the third BG is used to connect the communication device and the third network unit. The processing unit is further configured to determine that the terminal device is in a roaming state according to the second information.
在一种可能的设计中，发送单元，还用于向终端设备发送PDU会话建立接受消息。其中，发送单元，不用于向终端设备发送第一目标参数，包括：PDU会话建立接受消息不携带第一目标参数。In a possible design, the sending unit is further configured to send a PDU session establishment acceptance message to the terminal device. Wherein, the sending unit is not configured to send the first target parameter to the terminal device, including: the PDU session establishment acceptance message does not carry the first target parameter.
在一种可能的设计中，发送单元，用于通过PDU会话修改命令消息向终端设备发送指示信息。In a possible design, the sending unit is configured to send indication information to the terminal device through a PDU session modification command message.
在一种可能的设计中，第一PLMN是预配置的。In one possible design, the first PLMN is preconfigured.
在一种可能的设计中，处理单元，还用于确定为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN不属于第一PLMN。发送单元，还用于向终端设备发送第二目标参数，其中，第二目标参数包括第一通信制式的PDU会话的参数映射至第二通信制式的参数，为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN的通信制式包括第一通信制式。In a possible design, the processing unit is further configured to determine that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN. The sending unit is further configured to send the second target parameter to the terminal device, wherein the second target parameter includes mapping the parameters of the PDU session of the first communication standard to the parameter of the second communication standard, and the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device The communication standard includes the first communication standard.
在一种可能的设计中，为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN是终端设备归属PLMN。In a possible design, the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is the home PLMN of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中，为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN的运营商所属国家不同。In a possible design, the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is different from the country to which the operator of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs.
在一种可能的设计中，处理单元，用于确定为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN不属于第一PLMN，包括：当确定终端设备处于漫游状态时，确定为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN不属于第一PLMN。In a possible design, the processing unit, configured to determine that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN includes: when determining that the terminal device is in a roaming state, determining the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device Does not belong to the first PLMN.
在一种可能的设计中，接收单元，还用于接收来自第四网络单元或第四边界网关BG的第四信息，其中，第四网络单元是为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN中的网络单元，第四BG用于连接通信装置和第四网络单元。处理单元，还用于根据第四信息，确定终端设备处于漫游状态。In a possible design, the receiving unit is further configured to receive fourth information from a fourth network unit or a fourth border gateway BG, where the fourth network unit is a network in a fourth PLMN that provides services for terminal equipment unit, the fourth BG is used to connect the communication device and the fourth network unit. The processing unit is further configured to determine that the terminal device is in a roaming state according to the fourth information.
在一种可能的设计中，接收单元，还用于接收来自第四移动管理实体的第一信息，其中，第四移动管理实体是为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN中的网元，第一信息包括第四移动管理实体所属运营商的信息。处理单元，用于确定为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN不属于第一PLMN，包括：根据第一信息，确定为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN不属于第一PLMN。In a possible design, the receiving unit is further configured to receive first information from a fourth mobility management entity, where the fourth mobility management entity is a network element in a fourth PLMN that provides services for terminal equipment, and the first The information includes information about the operator to which the fourth mobility management entity belongs. The processing unit is configured to determine that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN, including: according to the first information, determining that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN.
在一种可能的设计中，第一信息包括全球唯一的接入和移动管理功能标识GUAMI。In a possible design, the first information includes a globally unique access and mobility management function identifier GUAMI.
第六方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以为上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能的设计中的第二网络单元，或者实现上述第二网络单元功能的芯片；所述通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means)，该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现，软件实现，或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which may be the second network unit in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, or a chip that realizes the function of the above-mentioned second network unit; The above-mentioned communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for realizing the above-mentioned method, and the modules, units, or means may be implemented by hardware, software, or by executing corresponding software on hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
该通信装置包括处理单元、发送单元和接收单元。其中，处理单元，用于确定为终端设备提供服务的公共陆地移动网络PLMN不属于第一PLMN，其中，通信装置是终端设备归属PLMN中的网络单元，第一PLMN的数量为至少一个，且与终端设备归属PLMN不同。发送单元，用于向终端设备发送目标参数，其中，目标参数包括第一通信制式的协议数据单元PDU会话的参数映射至第二通信制式的参数，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN的通信制式包括第一 通信制式，终端设备归属PLMN的通信制式包括第二通信制式，第一通信制式与第二通信制式不同。The communication device includes a processing unit, a sending unit and a receiving unit. Wherein, the processing unit is configured to determine that the public land mobile network PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN, wherein the communication device is a network unit in the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs, and the number of the first PLMN is at least one, and is the same as The terminal devices belong to different PLMNs. The sending unit is configured to send the target parameter to the terminal device, wherein the target parameter includes the parameter mapping of the protocol data unit PDU session of the first communication standard to the parameter of the second communication standard, and the communication standard of the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device includes the second communication standard. A communication standard, the communication standard to which the terminal device belongs to the PLMN includes a second communication standard, and the first communication standard is different from the second communication standard.
在一种可能的设计中，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN是终端设备归属PLMN。In a possible design, the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is the home PLMN of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN的运营商所属国家不同。In a possible design, the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is different from the country to which the operator of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs.
在一种可能的设计中，处理单元，用于确定为终端设备提供服务的PLMN不属于第一PLMN，包括：当确定终端设备处于漫游状态时，确定为终端设备提供服务的PLMN不属于第一PLMN。In a possible design, the processing unit is configured to determine that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN, including: when determining that the terminal device is in a roaming state, determining that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN PLMN.
在一种可能的设计中，接收单元，还用于接收来自第一网络单元或边界网关BG的第一信息，其中，第一网络单元是为终端设备提供服务的PLMN中的网络单元，BG用于连接第一网络单元和通信装置。处理单元，还用于根据第一信息，确定终端设备处于漫游状态。In a possible design, the receiving unit is further configured to receive the first information from the first network unit or the border gateway BG, wherein the first network unit is a network unit in the PLMN that provides services for the terminal equipment, and the BG uses For connecting the first network unit and the communication device. The processing unit is further configured to determine that the terminal device is in a roaming state according to the first information.
在一种可能的设计中，接收单元，还用于接收来自第一移动管理实体的第二信息，其中，第一移动管理实体是为终端设备提供服务的PLMN中的网元，第二信息包括第一移动管理实体所属运营商的信息。处理单元，用于确定为终端设备提供服务的PLMN不属于第一PLMN，包括：根据第二信息，确定为终端设备提供服务的PLMN不属于第一PLMN。In a possible design, the receiving unit is further configured to receive second information from the first mobility management entity, where the first mobility management entity is a network element in the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device, and the second information includes Information about the operator to which the first mobility management entity belongs. The processing unit is configured to determine that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN, including: determining, according to the second information, that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN.
在一种可能的设计中，第二信息包括全球唯一的接入和移动管理功能标识GUAMI。In a possible design, the second information includes a globally unique access and mobility management function identifier GUAMI.
在一种可能的设计中，第一PLMN是预配置的。In one possible design, the first PLMN is preconfigured.
第七方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以为上述第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中的终端设备，或者实现上述终端设备功能的芯片；所述通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means)，该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现，软件实现，或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device in any possible design of the above-mentioned third aspect or the third aspect, or a chip that realizes the functions of the above-mentioned terminal device; the communication device includes To realize the corresponding modules, units, or means (means) of the above method, the modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by executing corresponding software by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
该通信装置包括处理单元、发送单元和接收单元。其中，处理单元，用于确定从第一公共陆地移动网络PLMN的第一通信制式移动到通信装置归属PLMN的第二通信制式，处理单元还用于控制发送单元向通信装置归属PLMN的第二移动管理实体发送注册请求消息，其中，第一PLMN和通信装置归属PLMN不同，第一通信制式与第二通信制式不同，通信装置保存有目标参数，目标参数包括第一通信制式的协议数据单元PDU会话的参数映射至第二通信制式的参数。处理单元还用于控制接收单元接收来自第二移动管理实体的注册接受消息。The communication device includes a processing unit, a sending unit and a receiving unit. Wherein, the processing unit is used to determine to move from the first communication system of the first public land mobile network PLMN to the second communication system of the home PLMN of the communication device, and the processing unit is also used to control the second movement of the sending unit to the home PLMN of the communication device The management entity sends a registration request message, wherein the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the communication device, the first communication standard is different from the second communication standard, and the communication device stores target parameters, and the target parameters include the protocol data unit PDU session of the first communication standard The parameters of are mapped to the parameters of the second communication standard. The processing unit is further configured to control the receiving unit to receive the registration acceptance message from the second mobility management entity.
在一种可能的设计中，处理单元，还用于根据第一信息，确定第一PLMN和通信装置归属PLMN不同。其中，第一信息包括至少一个第三PLMN的信息，第三PLMN与通信装置归属PLMN不同，第三PLMN包括第一PLMN。In a possible design, the processing unit is further configured to determine, according to the first information, that the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the communication device. Wherein, the first information includes information of at least one third PLMN, the third PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the communication device, and the third PLMN includes the first PLMN.
在一种可能的设计中，接收单元，还用于接收来自第二移动管理实体的第一信息。In a possible design, the receiving unit is further configured to receive the first information from the second mobility management entity.
在一种可能的设计中，第一信息与等效公用陆地移动网络EPLMN承载于同一消息。其中，EPLMN至少包括第一PLMN。In a possible design, the first information and the equivalent public land mobile network EPLMN are carried in the same message. Wherein, the EPLMN includes at least the first PLMN.
在一种可能的设计中，接收单元，还用于接收来自第二网络单元的第一信息，其中，第二网络单元属于通信装置归属PLMN中的网络单元。In a possible design, the receiving unit is further configured to receive the first information from the second network unit, where the second network unit belongs to the network unit in the home PLMN of the communication device.
在一种可能的设计中，接收单元，用于通过PDU会话建立接受消息接收来自第二网络单元的第一信息。In a possible design, the receiving unit is configured to receive the first information from the second network unit through a PDU session establishment accept message.
第八方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以为上述第四方面或第四方面任一 种可能的设计中的终端设备，或者实现上述终端设备功能的芯片；所述通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means)，该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现，软件实现，或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device in any possible design of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect, or a chip that realizes the functions of the terminal device; the communication device includes To realize the corresponding modules, units, or means (means) of the above method, the modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by executing corresponding software by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
该通信装置包括处理单元、发送单元和接收单元。其中，发送单元，用于向第一公共陆地移动网络PLMN的第一移动管理实体发送注册请求消息，其中，第一PLMN与通信装置归属PLMN不同。接收单元，用于接收来自第一移动管理实体的注册接受消息。处理单元，用于删除目标参数，或处理单元，用于不生成目标参数，或接收单元还用于接收到来自第二网络单元的目标参数时，处理单元，用于不保存目标参数，其中，第二网络单元是通信装置归属PLMN中的网络单元，目标参数包括第一通信制式的协议数据单元PDU会话的参数映射至第二通信制式的参数，第一PLMN的通信制式包括第一通信制式，通信装置归属PLMN的通信制式包括第二通信制式。The communication device includes a processing unit, a sending unit and a receiving unit. Wherein, the sending unit is configured to send a registration request message to a first mobility management entity of a first public land mobile network PLMN, where the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the communication device. The receiving unit is configured to receive a registration acceptance message from the first mobility management entity. The processing unit is configured to delete the target parameter, or the processing unit is configured not to generate the target parameter, or the receiving unit is also configured to receive the target parameter from the second network unit, the processing unit is configured not to save the target parameter, wherein, The second network unit is a network unit in the PLMN to which the communication device belongs, and the target parameters include mapping parameters of the protocol data unit PDU session of the first communication system to parameters of the second communication system, and the communication system of the first PLMN includes the first communication system, The communication standard to which the communication device belongs to the PLMN includes the second communication standard.
在一种可能的设计中，处理单元，还用于根据第一信息，确定第一PLMN和通信装置归属PLMN不同。其中，第一信息包括至少一个第三PLMN的信息，第三PLMN与通信装置归属PLMN不同，第三PLMN包括第一PLMN。In a possible design, the processing unit is further configured to determine, according to the first information, that the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the communication device. Wherein, the first information includes information of at least one third PLMN, the third PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the communication device, and the third PLMN includes the first PLMN.
在一种可能的设计中，接收单元，还用于接收来自第二移动管理实体的第一信息，其中，第二移动管理实体是通信装置归属PLMN中的网元。In a possible design, the receiving unit is further configured to receive the first information from the second mobility management entity, where the second mobility management entity is a network element in the home PLMN of the communication device.
在一种可能的设计中，第一信息与等效公用陆地移动网络EPLMN承载于同一消息。其中，EPLMN至少包括第一PLMN。In a possible design, the first information and the equivalent public land mobile network EPLMN are carried in the same message. Wherein, the EPLMN includes at least the first PLMN.
在一种可能的设计中，接收单元，还用于接收来自第二网络单元的第一信息，其中，第二网络单元属于通信装置归属PLMN中的网络单元。In a possible design, the receiving unit is further configured to receive the first information from the second network unit, where the second network unit belongs to the network unit in the home PLMN of the communication device.
在一种可能的设计中，接收单元，用于通过PDU会话建立接受消息接收来自第二网络单元的第一信息。In a possible design, the receiving unit is configured to receive the first information from the second network unit through a PDU session establishment accept message.
第九方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，包括：处理器和存储器；该存储器用于存储计算机指令，当该处理器执行该指令时，使得该通信装置执行上述任一方面或任一方面任一种可能的设计中第二网络单元所执行的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能的设计中的第二网络单元，或者，该通信装置可以为上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能的设计中的第二网络单元，或者实现上述第二网络单元功能的芯片。In the ninth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device performs any of the above aspects or any In one aspect the method performed by the second network element in any possible design. The communication device may be the second network element in the above first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or the communication device may be the first aspect in the above second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect A second network unit, or a chip that implements the functions of the above-mentioned second network unit.
第十方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，包括：处理器；所述处理器与存储器耦合，用于读取存储器中的指令并执行，以使该通信装置执行如上述任一方面或任一方面任一种可能的设计中的第二网络单元所执行的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能的设计中的第二网络单元，或者，该通信装置可以为上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能的设计中的第二网络单元，或者实现上述第二网络单元功能的芯片。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor; the processor is coupled to a memory, and is used to read and execute instructions in the memory, so that the communication device performs any of the above aspects Or a method performed by the second network element in any possible design of any aspect. The communication device may be the second network element in the above first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or the communication device may be the first aspect in the above second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect A second network unit, or a chip that implements the functions of the above-mentioned second network unit.
第十一方面，本申请实施例提供一种芯片，包括处理电路和输入输出接口。其中，输入输出接口用于与芯片之外的模块通信，例如，该芯片可以为实现上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能的设计中的第二网络单元功能的芯片。处理电路用于运行计算机程序或指令，以实现以上第一方面或第一方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。再如，该芯片可以为实现上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能的设计中的第二网络单元功能的芯片。处理电路用于运行计算机程序或指令，以实现以上第二方面或第二方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including a processing circuit and an input/output interface. Wherein, the input and output interface is used to communicate with modules other than the chip, for example, the chip may be a chip that implements the function of the second network unit in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect. The processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the method in the above first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect. For another example, the chip may be a chip that implements the function of the second network unit in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect. The processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the method in the above second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect.
第十二方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，包括：处理器和存储器；该存储器用于存储计算机指令，当该处理器执行该指令时，使得该通信装置执行上述任一方面或任一方面任一种可能的设计中终端设备所执行的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中的终端设备，或者，该通信装置可以为上述第四方面或第四方面任一种可能的设计中的终端设备，或者实现上述终端设备功能的芯片。In a twelfth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device performs any one of the above-mentioned aspects or A method executed by a terminal device in any possible design of any aspect. The communication device may be the terminal device in the above third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, or the communication device may be the terminal device in the above fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect, Or a chip that implements the functions of the above-mentioned terminal equipment.
第十三方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，包括：处理器；所述处理器与存储器耦合，用于读取存储器中的指令并执行，以使该通信装置执行如上述任一方面或任一方面任一种可能的设计中的终端设备所执行的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中的终端设备，或者，该通信装置可以为上述第四方面或第四方面任一种可能的设计中的终端设备，或者实现上述终端设备功能的芯片。In a thirteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor; the processor is coupled with a memory, and is used to read and execute instructions in the memory, so that the communication device performs any of the above-mentioned A method executed by a terminal device in any possible design of any aspect or any aspect. The communication device may be the terminal device in the above third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, or the communication device may be the terminal device in the above fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect, Or a chip that implements the functions of the above-mentioned terminal equipment.
第十四方面，本申请实施例提供一种芯片，包括处理电路和输入输出接口。其中，输入输出接口用于与芯片之外的模块通信，例如，该芯片可以为实现上述第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中的终端设备功能的芯片。处理电路用于运行计算机程序或指令，以实现以上第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。再如，该芯片可以为实现上述第四方面或第四方面任一种可能的设计中的终端设备功能的芯片。处理电路用于运行计算机程序或指令，以实现以上第四方面或第四方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including a processing circuit and an input and output interface. Wherein, the input and output interface is used to communicate with modules other than the chip, for example, the chip may be a chip that realizes the function of the terminal device in any possible design of the above third aspect or the third aspect. The processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the method in the above third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect. For another example, the chip may be a chip that implements the function of the terminal device in the fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect. The processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the method in the above fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect.
第十五方面，本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机可以执行上述任一方面中任一项的方法。In the fifteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, and when it is run on a computer, the computer can execute any one of the above-mentioned aspects. method.
第十六方面，本申请实施例提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机可以执行上述任一方面中任一项的方法。In a sixteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions, which when run on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method in any one of the above aspects.
第十七方面，本申请实施例提供一种电路***，电路***包括处理电路，处理电路被配置为执行如上述任一方面中任一项的方法。In a seventeenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a circuit system, the circuit system includes a processing circuit configured to execute the method in any one of the above aspects.
其中，第五方面至第十七方面中任一种设计所带来的技术效果可参考上文所提供的对应的方法中的有益效果，此处不再赘述。Wherein, for the technical effect brought about by any one of the designs in the fifth aspect to the seventeenth aspect, reference may be made to the beneficial effects in the corresponding method provided above, and details are not repeated here.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请的实施例应用的一种通信***的架构示意图；FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请的实施例应用的再一种通信***的架构示意图；FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请的实施例应用的又一种通信***的架构示意图；FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请的实施例应用的又一种通信***的架构示意图；FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请的实施例应用的又一种通信***的架构示意图；FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图；FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的再一种通信方法的流程示意图；FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8a为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图；Fig. 8a is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8b为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图；FIG. 8b is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图；FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图10a为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图；FIG. 10a is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图10b为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图；FIG. 10b is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图；FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图；FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图；FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图；FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的再一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信***的架构示意图。如图1所示，该通信***包括终端设备、接入网设备和核心网。FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 1, the communication system includes terminal equipment, access network equipment and a core network.
其中，终端设备，包括向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备，具体的，包括向用户提供语音的设备，或包括向用户提供数据连通性的设备，或包括向用户提供语音和数据连通性的设备。例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)与核心网进行通信，与RAN交换语音或数据，或与RAN交互语音和数据。该终端设备可以包括用户设备(user equipment，UE)、无线终端设备、移动终端设备、设备到设备通信(device-to-device，D2D)终端设备、车到一切(vehicle to everything，V2X)终端设备、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications，M2M/MTC)终端设备、物联网(internet of things，IoT)终端设备、签约单元(subscriber unit)、签约站(subscriber station)，移动站(mobile station)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point，AP)、远程终端(remote terminal)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户终端(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。例如，可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)，具有移动终端设备的计算机，便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的移动装置等。例如，个人通信业务(personal communication service，PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)等设备。还包括受限设备，例如功耗较低的设备，或存储能力有限的设备，或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification，RFID)、传感器、全球定位***(global positioning system，GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。Among them, terminal equipment includes equipment that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users, specifically, equipment that provides voice to users, or equipment that provides data connectivity to users, or equipment that provides voice and data connectivity to users Sexual equipment. Examples may include a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem. The terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (radio access network, RAN), exchange voice or data with the RAN, or exchange voice and data with the RAN. The terminal equipment may include user equipment (user equipment, UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle to everything (vehicle to everything, V2X) terminal equipment , machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (machine-to-machine/machine-type communications, M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (internet of things, IoT) terminal equipment, subscriber unit, subscriber station station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user Agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc. For example, it may include mobile phones (or "cellular" phones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket, hand-held, computer built-in mobile devices, and the like. For example, personal communication service (PCS) telephone, cordless telephone, session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) telephone, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA) and other devices. Also includes constrained devices, such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities, etc. For example, it includes barcodes, radio frequency identification (radio frequency identification, RFID), sensors, global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing devices.
而如上介绍的各种终端设备，如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内)，都可以认为是车载终端设备，车载终端设备例如也称为车载单元(on-board unit，OBU)。The various terminal devices described above, if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be considered as vehicle-mounted terminal devices. ).
本申请实施例中，终端设备还可以包括中继(relay)。或者理解为，能够与基站进行数据通信的都可以看作终端设备。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may further include a relay (relay). Or it can be understood that all devices capable of performing data communication with the base station can be regarded as terminal devices.
本申请实施例中，用于实现终端设备的功能的装置可以是终端设备，也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置，例如芯片***，该装置可以被安装在终端设备中。本申请实施例中，芯片***可以由芯片构成，也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的技术方案中，以用于实现终端的功能的装置是终端设备为例，进行介绍。In this embodiment of the present application, the device for realizing the function of the terminal device may be the terminal device, or may be a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the terminal device. In the embodiment of the present application, the system-on-a-chip may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. In the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application, the terminal equipment is used as an example for implementing terminal functions, and the introduction is made.
接入网设备可以是无线通信或者有线通信的接入点，例如基站或基站控制器，无线保真(wireless-fidelity，wifi)的接入点或者wifi控制器，或者固网接入的接入点等。其中，所述基站可以包括各种类型的基站，例如：微基站(也称为小站)，宏基站，中继站，接入点等，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。在本申请实施例中，所述基站可以是全球移动通信***(global system for mobile communication，GSM)，码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)中的基站(base transceiver station，BTS)，宽带码分多址(wideband code division  multiple access，WCDMA)中的基站(node B)，长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)中的演进型基站(evolutional node B，eNB或e-NodeB)，物联网(internet of things，IoT)或者窄带物联网(narrow band-internet of things，NB-IoT)中的eNB，第五代(the fifth generation，5G)移动通信网络或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)中的基站，本申请实施例对此不作任何限制。The access network device may be an access point for wireless communication or wired communication, such as a base station or a base station controller, a wireless-fidelity (wireless-fidelity, wifi) access point or wifi controller, or an access point for fixed network access wait. The base station may include various types of base stations, such as micro base stations (also called small stations), macro base stations, relay stations, access points, etc., which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment of the present application, the base station may be a global system for mobile communication (GSM), a base station (base transceiver station, BTS) in code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband Base station (node B) in code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), evolved base station (evolutional node B, eNB or e-NodeB) in long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), Internet of things ( Internet of things (IoT) or eNB in narrowband-internet of things (NB-IoT), the fifth generation (the fifth generation, 5G) mobile communication network or the future evolution of public land mobile network (public land) A base station in a mobile network (PLMN), which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
核心网包括各种核心网设备，如接入管理网元、会话管理网元等。其中，接入管理网元主要用于移动性管理和接入管理等，可以用于实现移动性管理实体(mobility management entity，MME)功能中除会话管理之外的其他功能，例如，合法监听以及接入授权/鉴权等功能。在5G通信***中，该接入管理网元可以包括接入和移动性管理功能(core access and mobility management function，AMF)网元。会话管理网元主要用于会话管理、终端设备的网络互联协议(internet protocol，IP)地址分配和管理、选择可管理用户平面功能、策略控制和收费功能接口的终结点以及下行数据通知等。在第五代(the fifth generation，5G)通信***中，该会话管理网元可以包括会话管理功能(session management function，SMF)网元。其中，MME可以参见图2的介绍，AMF网元和SMF网元可以参见图3的介绍。应理解，核心网设备也可以包括其他网元，如用户面功能(user plane function，UPF)网元等，此处不再一一赘述。The core network includes various core network devices, such as access management network elements and session management network elements. Among them, the access management network element is mainly used for mobility management and access management, etc., and can be used to implement functions other than session management in the mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) function, for example, lawful interception and Access authorization/authentication and other functions. In a 5G communication system, the access management network element may include an access and mobility management function (core access and mobility management function, AMF) network element. The session management network element is mainly used for session management, Internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection of endpoints that can manage user plane functions, policy control and charging function interfaces, and downlink data notification. In the fifth generation (the fifth generation, 5G) communication system, the session management network element may include a session management function (session management function, SMF) network element. Wherein, the MME can refer to the introduction in FIG. 2 , and the AMF network element and the SMF network element can refer to the introduction in FIG. 3 . It should be understood that the core network equipment may also include other network elements, such as user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network elements, etc., which will not be described here one by one.
示例性的，图2示出了一种***(the fourth generation，4G)通信***的架构示意图。该4G通信***包括演进的通用移动通信***(universal mobile telecommunications system，UMTS)陆地无线接入网(evolved UMTS territorial radio access network，E-UTRAN)设备、MME、服务网关(serving gateway，SGW)、分组数据网络(packet data network，PDN)网关(PDN gateway，PGW)、策略与计费规则功能(policy and charging rules function，PCRF)网元以及归属签约用户服务器(home subscriber server，HSS)等网元或设备。Exemplarily, FIG. 2 shows a schematic structural diagram of a fourth generation (the fourth generation, 4G) communication system. The 4G communication system includes evolved universal mobile telecommunications system (universal mobile telecommunications system, UMTS) terrestrial radio access network (evolved UMTS territorial radio access network, E-UTRAN) equipment, MME, serving gateway (serving gateway, SGW), packet Data network (packet data network, PDN) gateway (PDN gateway, PGW), policy and charging rules function (policy and charging rules function, PCRF) network elements and home subscriber server (home subscriber server, HSS) and other network elements or equipment.
其中，终端设备通过LTE-Uu接入E-UTRAN设备，E-UTRAN设备通过S1-MME与MME通信，E-UTRAN设备通过S1-U与SGW通信，不同的MME之间通过S10通信(图2中仅是示例性的给出一个MME)，MME通过S6a与HSS通信，MME通过S11与SGW通信，PGW通过Gx与PCRF网元通信，PCRF网元通过Rx与服务器通信，SGW通过S5与PGW通信，PGW通过SGi接入服务器。Among them, terminal equipment accesses E-UTRAN equipment through LTE-Uu, E-UTRAN equipment communicates with MME through S1-MME, E-UTRAN equipment communicates with SGW through S1-U, and different MMEs communicate through S10 (Figure 2 The MME is only given as an example), the MME communicates with the HSS through S6a, the MME communicates with the SGW through S11, the PGW communicates with the PCRF network element through Gx, the PCRF network element communicates with the server through Rx, and the SGW communicates with the PGW through S5 , the PGW accesses the server through the SGi.
其中，E-UTRAN设备，用于实现与演进网络无线有关的功能。MME负责控制面的移动性管理，包括用户上下文和移动状态管理，分配用户临时身份标识等。SGW是第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project，3GPP)接入网络间的用户面锚点，是终止E-TURAN的接口。PGW是3GPP接入网络和非3GPP接入网络之间的用户面锚点，是终止和外部PDN的接口。PCRF网元用于策略控制决定和流计费控制功能。HSS用于存储用户签约信息。服务器用于提供网际互连协议(internet protocol，IP)业务，如基于互联网协议多媒体子***(internet protocol multimediasubsystem，IMS)的语音/视频业务、包交换流业务(packet switched streaming service，PSS)等。Wherein, the E-UTRAN equipment is used to implement functions related to the evolved network radio. The MME is responsible for the mobility management of the control plane, including user context and mobility state management, and allocation of temporary user identities. The SGW is the user plane anchor point between the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) access networks, and is the interface for terminating E-TURAN. The PGW is the user plane anchor point between the 3GPP access network and the non-3GPP access network, and is the interface between the termination and the external PDN. The PCRF network element is used for policy control decision and flow charging control function. The HSS is used to store user subscription information. The server is used to provide internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) services, such as voice/video services based on internet protocol multimedia subsystem (internet protocol multimedia subsystem, IMS), packet switched streaming service (packet switched streaming service, PSS), etc.
示例性的，图3示出了一种5G通信***的架构示意图。该5G通信***包括无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)设备、用户面功能(user plane function，UPF)网元、AMF网元、SMF网元、认证服务器功能(authentication server function，AUSF)网元、网络切片选择功能(network slice selection function，NSSF)网元、网络开放功能(network exposure function， NEF)网元、网络功能存储功能(network exposure function repository function，NRF)网元、策略控制功能(policy control function，PCF)网元、统一数据管理(unified data management，UDM)网元、统一数据存储(unified data repository，UDR)网元、应用功能(application function，AF)网元或者计费功能(charging function，CHF)网元等。Exemplarily, FIG. 3 shows a schematic architecture diagram of a 5G communication system. The 5G communication system includes radio access network (radio access network, RAN) equipment, user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element, AMF network element, SMF network element, authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF) network network element, network slice selection function (NSSF) network element, network exposure function (network exposure function, NEF) network element, network function storage function (network exposure function repository function, NRF) network element, policy control function ( policy control function (PCF) network element, unified data management (unified data management, UDM) network element, unified data storage (unified data repository, UDR) network element, application function (application function, AF) network element or billing function ( charging function, CHF) network element, etc.
需要说明的是，图3仅是示例性给出了5G通信***中网元或实体的一些举例，该5G通信***还可以包括网络数据分析功能(network data analytics function，NWDAF)网元等一些图3未示意出的网元或实体，本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。It should be noted that FIG. 3 is only an example of some examples of network elements or entities in the 5G communication system, and the 5G communication system may also include some diagrams such as network data analysis function (network data analytics function, NWDAF) network elements, etc. 3 Network elements or entities not shown in the figure, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
其中，如图3所示，终端设备通过RAN设备接入5G网络，终端设备通过N1接口(简称N1)与AMF通信；RAN设备通过N2接口(简称N2)与AMF网元通信；RAN设备通过N3接口(简称N3)与UPF网元通信；SMF网元通过N4接口(简称N4)与UPF网元通信，UPF网元通过N6接口(简称N6)接入数据网络(data network，DN)。在图3所示的架构中，N1、N2、N3、N4和N6分别代表相关网元/网络功能之间的参考点(reference point)。Among them, as shown in Figure 3, the terminal device accesses the 5G network through the RAN device, and the terminal device communicates with the AMF through the N1 interface (N1 for short); the RAN device communicates with the AMF network element through the N2 interface (N2 for short); the RAN device communicates with the AMF network element through the N3 interface The interface (N3 for short) communicates with the UPF network element; the SMF network element communicates with the UPF network element through the N4 interface (N4 for short), and the UPF network element accesses the data network (data network, DN) through the N6 interface (N6 for short). In the architecture shown in Fig. 3, N1, N2, N3, N4 and N6 respectively represent reference points (reference points) between relevant network elements/network functions.
此外，图3所示的AUSF网元、AMF网元、SMF网元、NSSF网元、NEF网元、NRF网元、PCF网元、UDM网元、UDR网元、CHF网元或者AF网元等控制面功能采用服务化接口进行交互。比如，AUSF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nausf；AMF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Namf；SMF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nsmf；NSSF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nnssf；NEF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nnef；NRF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nnrf；PCF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Npcf；UDM网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nudm；UDR网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nudr；CHF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Nchf；AF网元对外提供的服务化接口为Naf。相关功能描述以及接口描述可以参考23501标准中的5G***架构(5G system architecture)图，在此不予赘述。In addition, the AUSF network element, AMF network element, SMF network element, NSSF network element, NEF network element, NRF network element, PCF network element, UDM network element, UDR network element, CHF network element or AF network element shown in Figure 3 Other control plane functions use service-oriented interfaces to interact. For example, the service interface provided by the AUSF network element is Nausf; the service interface provided by the AMF network element is Namf; the service interface provided by the SMF network element is Nsmf; the service interface provided by the NSSF network element is Nnssf; The service interface provided by NEF network elements is Nnef; the service interface provided by NRF network elements is Nnrf; the service interface provided by PCF network elements is Npcf; the service interface provided by UDM network elements is Nudm; The service interface provided by the element is Nudr; the service interface provided by the CHF network element is Nchf; the service interface provided by the AF network element is Naf. The relevant function description and interface description can refer to the 5G system architecture (5G system architecture) diagram in the 23501 standard, and will not be repeated here.
应理解，对于上述各个核心网设备的名称，如上述MME、SMF和AMF等，仅是一个名称，对设备本身不构成限定。可以理解的是，在5G网络以及未来其它的网络中，也可以是其他的名称，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。例如，AMF网元还可以被称为AMF或者AMF实体，本申请实施例中仅以AMF网元为例，进行介绍。类似的，SMF网元还可以被称为SMF或者SMF实体，本申请实施例中仅以SMF网元为例，进行介绍。It should be understood that the names of the aforementioned core network devices, such as the aforementioned MME, SMF, and AMF, are just names and do not constitute limitations on the devices themselves. It can be understood that in the 5G network and other networks in the future, other names may also be used, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. For example, an AMF network element may also be called an AMF or an AMF entity. In this embodiment of the present application, only the AMF network element is used as an example for introduction. Similarly, an SMF network element may also be called an SMF or an SMF entity. In this embodiment of the present application, only an SMF network element is used as an example for introduction.
可选的，核心网设备可以由一个设备实现，也可以由多个设备共同实现，还可以是一个设备内的一个功能模块，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。可以理解的是，上述功能模块既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件，也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能模块，或者是平台(例如，云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能模块。Optionally, the core network device may be implemented by one device, or jointly implemented by multiple devices, or may be a functional module in one device, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. It can be understood that the above functional modules may be network elements in hardware devices, software functional modules running on dedicated hardware, or virtualized functional modules instantiated on a platform (eg, cloud platform).
为了便于理解本申请实施例，下面先对本申请实施例中涉及的术语做简单说明。应理解，这些说明仅为便于理解本申请实施例，而不应对本申请构成任何限定。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, terms involved in the embodiments of the present application will be briefly described below. It should be understood that these descriptions are only for understanding the embodiments of the present application, and shall not constitute any limitation to the present application.
1、通信制式1. Communication system
通信制式，包括但不限定于：第二代移动通信技术(2nd-generation wireless telephone technology，2G)网络、第三代移动通信技术(3rd-generation wireless telephone technology，3G)网络、***移动通信技术(4th-generation wirelesstelephone technology，4G)网络、第五代移动通信技术(5th-generation wirelesstelephone technology，5G)网络以及第六代移动通信技术(6th-generation wirelesstelephone technology，6G)网络等等。其中，4G网络也可以称为演进的分组***(evolved packet system，EPS)网络，5G网络也可以称为新无线(new radio， NR)网络。Communication standard, including but not limited to: 2nd-generation wireless telephone technology (2G) network, 3rd-generation wireless telephone technology (3G) network, 4th-generation mobile communication Technology (4th-generation wirelesstelephone technology, 4G) network, fifth-generation mobile communication technology (5th-generation wirelesstelephone technology, 5G) network and sixth-generation mobile communication technology (6th-generation wirelesstelephone technology, 6G) network, etc. Among them, the 4G network may also be called an evolved packet system (evolved packet system, EPS) network, and the 5G network may also be called a new radio (new radio, NR) network.
2、PLMN2.PLMN
PLMN，是由政府或其批准的经营者为公众提供陆地移动通信业务而建立、经营的网络。PLMN与公众交换电话网互连，形成整个地区或国家规模的通信网。PLMN is a network established and operated by the government or its approved operators to provide land mobile communication services for the public. The PLMN is interconnected with the public switched telephone network to form a regional or national scale communication network.
PLMN由移动国家号码(mobile contrary code，MCC)和移动网号(mobile netcode，MNC)组成。MCC唯一表示移动用户的所属国家。例如，中国的MCC为460。MNC可以唯一表示该国家中的网络。例如，***对应的MNC可以包括00，***对应的MNC包括01。其中，不同运营商可以对应不同PLMN。例如，***的PLMN可以包括46000、46002、46004、46007以及46008；***的PLMN可以包括46001、46006、46009和46010。中国电信的PLMN可以包括46003、46011和46012；中国广电的PLMN可以包括46015。未来各运营商对应的PLMN还可以包括其他，本申请实施例对此不作限定。PLMN consists of mobile country code (mobile contrary code, MCC) and mobile network number (mobile netcode, MNC). MCC uniquely indicates the country to which the mobile subscriber belongs. For example, China's MCC is 460. The MNC can uniquely represent the network in the country. For example, the MNC corresponding to China Mobile may include 00, and the MNC corresponding to China Unicom may include 01. Wherein, different operators may correspond to different PLMNs. For example, the PLMNs of China Mobile may include 46000, 46002, 46004, 46007, and 46008; the PLMNs of China Unicom may include 46001, 46006, 46009, and 46010. The PLMN of China Telecom may include 46003, 46011 and 46012; the PLMN of China Radio and Television may include 46015. In the future, the PLMN corresponding to each operator may also include others, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
3、拜访网络方(visited network operator)、拜访网络(visited network)3. Visited network operator, visited network
拜访网络方是指，在漫游区域内，向其他运营商的终端设备提供异网漫游服务的运营商。其中，向其他运营商的终端设备提供异网漫游服务的网络，描述为拜访网络。示例性的，异网漫游服务，可以是5G核心网异网漫游服务。The visiting network party refers to the operator that provides inter-network roaming services to the terminal equipment of other operators within the roaming area. Among them, a network that provides inter-network roaming services to terminal devices of other operators is described as a visited network. Exemplarily, the inter-network roaming service may be a 5G core network inter-network roaming service.
4、归属网络方(home network operator)、归属网络(home network)4. Home network operator, home network
归属网络方是指，在漫游区域内，通过其他运营商网络，向本网的终端设备提供异网漫游服务的运营商。其中，通过其他运营商网络，向本网的终端设备提供异网漫游服务的网络，描述为归属网络。示例性的，异网漫游服务，可以是5G核心网异网漫游服务。The home network party refers to the operator that provides the roaming service across different networks to the terminal equipment of this network through the network of other operators in the roaming area. Among them, the network that provides inter-network roaming services to terminal devices on this network through other operator networks is described as a home network. Exemplarily, the inter-network roaming service may be a 5G core network inter-network roaming service.
示例性的，拜访网络可以是拜访运营商的5G网络，归属网络可以是归属运营商的5G网络。如图4所示，在5G独立组网方式下，拜访网络和归属网络通过边界网关(boarder gateway，BG)连接。在一些实施例中，拜访网络中的网元和归属网络中的网元连接情况，如图5所示。如图5所示，在拜访网络的SMF网元，被称为拜访SMF(visited-SMF，V-SMF)网元。在归属网络的SMF网元，被称为归属SMF(home-SMF，H-SMF)网元。在归属网络的PCF网元，被称为归属PCF(home-PCF，H-PCF)网元。Exemplarily, the visited network may be the 5G network of the visited operator, and the home network may be the 5G network of the home operator. As shown in Figure 4, in the 5G independent networking mode, the visited network and the home network are connected through a border gateway (boarder gateway, BG). In some embodiments, the network elements in the visited network and the network elements in the home network are connected, as shown in FIG. 5 . As shown in FIG. 5 , the SMF network element in the visited network is called a visited-SMF (visited-SMF, V-SMF) network element. The SMF network element in the home network is called a home-SMF (home-SMF, H-SMF) network element. The PCF network element in the home network is called a home PCF (home-PCF, H-PCF) network element.
5、无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)5. Radio resource control (RRC)
在4G网络中，支持两种RRC状态，即RRC空闲态(RRC_IDLE)、RRC连接态(RRC_CONNECTED)。在5G网络中，支持三种RRC状态，即RRC空闲态(RRC_IDLE)、RRC非激活态(RRC_INACTIVE)、RRC连接态(RRC_CONNECTED)。其中，不同的RRC状态之间可以切换。In the 4G network, two RRC states are supported, namely RRC idle state (RRC_IDLE) and RRC connected state (RRC_CONNECTED). In the 5G network, three RRC states are supported, namely RRC idle state (RRC_IDLE), RRC inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE), and RRC connected state (RRC_CONNECTED). Wherein, switching between different RRC states is possible.
目前，处于空闲态的终端设备从5G网络移动到4G网络时，若该终端设备上已建立的一个PDU会话中至少存在一个支持互操作的PDU会话，则该终端设备在4G网络内发起TAU请求；若无，则发起初始附着(initial attach)请求。示例性的，若终端设备的PDU会话保存有对应的4G参数，则可以理解为，该PDU会话是支持互操作的PDU会话。反之，若终端设备的PDU会话未保存对应的4G参数，则可以理解为，该PDU会话是不支持互操作的PDU会话。其中，PDU会话对应的4G参数包括5G网络中PDU会话映射至4G网络的参数，如EPS承载标识(EPS bearer identity，EBI)、4G网络对应的服务质量流(quality of service，QoS flow)参数等。在终端设备发起TAU的情况下，4G网络的核心网网元MME从5G网络的核心网网元AMF获取终端设备的上下文信息，从而完成TAU。Currently, when a terminal device in an idle state moves from a 5G network to a 4G network, if there is at least one PDU session that supports interoperability among the established PDU sessions on the terminal device, the terminal device initiates a TAU request in the 4G network ; If not, initiate an initial attach request. Exemplarily, if the PDU session of the terminal device stores the corresponding 4G parameters, it can be understood that the PDU session is a PDU session supporting interoperability. Conversely, if the PDU session of the terminal device does not store the corresponding 4G parameters, it can be understood that the PDU session does not support interoperability. Among them, the 4G parameters corresponding to the PDU session include the parameters that the PDU session in the 5G network is mapped to the 4G network, such as the EPS bearer identity (EPS bearer identity, EBI), the quality of service flow (quality of service, QoS flow) parameter corresponding to the 4G network, etc. . When a terminal device initiates a TAU, the core network element MME of the 4G network obtains the context information of the terminal device from the core network element AMF of the 5G network, thereby completing the TAU.
然而，在漫游场景中，终端设备仍使用归属网络的SMF网元(即H-SMF网元)提供服务。归属网络的SMF网元总是给终端设备发送PDU会话对应的4G参数。并且，当拜访网络方的AMF网元与归属网络方的MME网元间未开通接口时，若终端设备从拜访网络的5G网络移动到归属网络的4G网络，则MME无法获取到上下文信息，导致TAU失败，终端设备的功耗和断网时间增加，用户体验差。However, in a roaming scenario, the terminal device still uses the SMF network element (that is, the H-SMF network element) of the home network to provide services. The SMF network element of the home network always sends the 4G parameters corresponding to the PDU session to the terminal device. Moreover, when the interface between the AMF network element of the visited network and the MME network element of the home network is not opened, if the terminal device moves from the 5G network of the visited network to the 4G network of the home network, the MME cannot obtain the context information, resulting in If the TAU fails, the power consumption and disconnection time of the terminal equipment will increase, and the user experience will be poor.
有鉴于此，本申请实施例提供三种通信方法，本申请实施例通信方法(如第一种通信方法、第二种通信方法、或第三种通信方法)可以应用于图1所示的通信***。在本申请实施例中，对于为终端设备提供服务的PLMN中的网元，如移动管理实体可以描述为第一移动管理实体，网络单元可以描述为第一网络单元。对于终端设备归属PLMN中的网元，如移动管理实体可以描述为第二移动管理实体，网络单元可以描述为第二网络单元。本申请下述实施例中各个网元之间的消息名字或消息中各参数的名字等只是一个示例，具体实现中也可以是其他的名字。在此统一说明，以下不再赘述。In view of this, the embodiment of the present application provides three communication methods, and the communication method of the embodiment of the present application (such as the first communication method, the second communication method, or the third communication method) can be applied to the communication shown in Figure 1 system. In this embodiment of the present application, for network elements in the PLMN that provide services for terminal devices, for example, a mobility management entity may be described as a first mobility management entity, and a network unit may be described as a first network unit. For the network elements in the home PLMN of the terminal equipment, for example, the mobility management entity may be described as a second mobility management entity, and the network unit may be described as a second network unit. The names of messages between network elements or the names of parameters in messages in the following embodiments of the present application are just examples, and may be other names in specific implementations. The description is unified here, and will not be described in detail below.
在本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法中，第二网络单元确定为终端设备提供服务的PLMN属于第一PLMN。其中，第一PLMN的数量为至少一个，且与终端设备归属PLMN不同。之后，第二网络单元不向终端设备发送目标参数，或第二网络单元向终端设备发送指示信息。其中，指示信息指示删除目标参数。目标参数包括第一通信制式的PDU会话的参数映射至第二通信制式的参数，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN的通信制式包括第一通信制式，终端设备归属PLMN的通信制式包括第二通信制式，第一通信制式与第二通信制式不同。这样一来，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN属于第一PLMN的情况下，终端设备也就不会接收到目标参数，或删除已接收到的目标参数。当终端设备从当前为自身提供服务的第一通信制式的PLMN重选到自身归属的第二通信制式的PLMN时，由于终端设备未存储目标参数，所以，终端设备不再发起TAU，从而避免TAU失败的问题，有助于缩短终端设备的断网时间，降低终端设备的功耗。In the first communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the second network unit determines that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN. Wherein, there is at least one first PLMN, which is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device. Afterwards, the second network unit does not send the target parameter to the terminal device, or the second network unit sends indication information to the terminal device. Wherein, the indication information indicates the deletion target parameter. The target parameters include the mapping of the parameters of the PDU session of the first communication standard to the parameters of the second communication standard, the communication standard of the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device includes the first communication standard, and the communication standard of the PLMN that the terminal device belongs to includes the second communication standard, The first communication standard is different from the second communication standard. In this way, when the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN, the terminal device will not receive the target parameter, or delete the received target parameter. When the terminal device reselects from the PLMN of the first communication standard that currently provides services to itself to the PLMN of the second communication standard that it belongs to, since the terminal device does not store the target parameters, the terminal device no longer initiates TAU, thereby avoiding TAU The problem of failure helps to shorten the disconnection time of the terminal equipment and reduce the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
如图6所示，本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法600包括如下步骤：As shown in Figure 6, the first communication method 600 provided in the embodiment of the present application includes the following steps:
S601、第二网络单元确定为终端设备提供服务的PLMN属于第一PLMN。S601. The second network element determines that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN.
其中，第二网络单元是终端设备归属PLMN中的网络单元，至少具备会话管理功能。示例性的，以图5为例，第二网络单元可以是H-SMF网元。应理解，随着通信技术的演进，第二网络单元也可以有其他名称，本申请实施例对网络单元的名称不作限定。Wherein, the second network unit is a network unit in the home PLMN of the terminal device, and at least has a session management function. Exemplarily, taking FIG. 5 as an example, the second network element may be an H-SMF network element. It should be understood that with the evolution of communication technologies, the second network unit may also have other names, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit the name of the network unit.
其中，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN不同。示例性的，如图5所示，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN可以是终端设备接入的拜访PLMN。其中，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN的通信制式可以相同，也可以不同。本申请实施例中，仅以为终端设备提供服务的PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN的通信制式不同为例，进行介绍。示例性的，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN可以是5G网络，终端设备归属PLMN可以是4G网络、3G网络、或2G网络。或者，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN可以是4G网络，终端设备归属PLMN可以是3G网络、或2G网络。或者，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN可以是3G网络，终端设备归属PLMN可以是2G网络。在本申请实施例中，仅以为终端设备提供服务的PLMN是5G网络，终端设备归属PLMN是4G网络为例，进行介绍。Wherein, the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is different from the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 5 , the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device may be a visited PLMN accessed by the terminal device. Wherein, the communication system of the PLMN providing the service for the terminal device and the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs may be the same or different. In the embodiment of the present application, the PLMN providing services for the terminal device and the communication system of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs are used as an example for introduction. Exemplarily, the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device may be a 5G network, and the home PLMN of the terminal device may be a 4G network, a 3G network, or a 2G network. Alternatively, the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device may be a 4G network, and the home PLMN of the terminal device may be a 3G network or a 2G network. Alternatively, the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device may be a 3G network, and the home PLMN of the terminal device may be a 2G network. In this embodiment of the present application, only the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is a 5G network, and the home PLMN of the terminal device is a 4G network as an example for introduction.
其中，第一PLMN的数量为至少一个，且与终端设备归属PLMN不同。示例性的，以终端设备归属PLMN的运营商是***为例，第一PLMN可以是除***之外的其他运营 商(如***、中国电信等)网络。以***为例，第一PLMN可以包括46001、46006所标识的PLMN。或者，第一PLMN可以是某一运营商向其他运营商提供共享服务的PLMN。第一PLMN覆盖区域可以是偏远地区，如新疆。示例性的，以运营商***向***提供共享服务为例，***的接入网设备广播两个PLMN ID，即460，00和460，30。其中，460，00标识的PLMN为***的终端设备提供服务。460，30标识的PLMN是***共享给***的PLMN，以向***的终端设备提供服务。上述460，30标识的PLMN属于第一PLMN。示例性的，对于第二网络单元来说，第一PLMN可以是预先配置的。Wherein, there is at least one first PLMN, which is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device. Exemplarily, assuming that the operator of the terminal equipment's PLMN is China Mobile as an example, the first PLMN may be a network of another operator (such as China Unicom, China Telecom, etc.) other than China Mobile. Taking China Unicom as an example, the first PLMN may include the PLMNs identified by 46001 and 46006. Alternatively, the first PLMN may be a PLMN where a certain operator provides shared services to other operators. The coverage area of the first PLMN may be a remote area, such as Xinjiang. Exemplarily, taking the sharing service provided by the operator China Mobile to China Unicom as an example, the access network equipment of China Mobile broadcasts two PLMN IDs, namely 460,00 and 460,30. Among them, the PLMN identified by 460,00 provides services for China Mobile's terminal equipment. The PLMN identified by 460 and 30 is the PLMN shared by China Mobile to China Unicom to provide services to China Unicom's terminal equipment. The PLMN identified by the above 460, 30 belongs to the first PLMN. Exemplarily, for the second network element, the first PLMN may be pre-configured.
在一些实施例中，第一PLMN的信息可以表格(list)的形式存储，或其他形式存储。在以表格存储的情况下，该表格可以描述为指定PLMN列表，或其他名称，本申请实施例对此不作限定。In some embodiments, the information of the first PLMN may be stored in the form of a table (list), or in other forms. In the case of storing in a table, the table may be described as a list of designated PLMNs, or other names, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
需要说明的是，在本申请实施例第一种通信方法600中，第一PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN的运营商所属国家可以相同，也可以不同，此处不作限定。It should be noted that, in the first communication method 600 of the embodiment of the present application, the country of the first PLMN and the operator of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs may be the same or different, which is not limited here.
可选的，如图7所示，第二网络单元还执行S603，相应的，S601的实现过程包括S601a。其中，S603和S601a的介绍如下：Optionally, as shown in FIG. 7 , the second network unit further executes S603, and correspondingly, the implementation process of S601 includes S601a. Among them, the introduction of S603 and S601a is as follows:
S603、第一移动管理实体向第二网络单元发送第一信息。相应的，第二网络单元接收来自第一移动管理实体的第一信息。S603. The first mobility management entity sends the first information to the second network element. Correspondingly, the second network element receives the first information from the first mobility management entity.
其中，第一移动管理实体是为终端设备提供服务的PLMN中的网元，主要用于移动性管理和接入管理等。示例性的，以图5为例，第一移动管理实体可以是拜访PLMN中的AMF网元。应理解，随着通信技术的演进，第一移动管理实体也可以有其他名称，本申请实施例对实体的名称不作限定。Wherein, the first mobility management entity is a network element in the PLMN that provides services for terminal equipment, and is mainly used for mobility management and access management. Exemplarily, taking Fig. 5 as an example, the first mobility management entity may be an AMF network element in the visited PLMN. It should be understood that with the evolution of communication technologies, the first mobility management entity may also have other names, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit the name of the entity.
其中，第二网络单元可以参见S601的介绍，此处不再赘述。For the second network unit, refer to the introduction of S601, which will not be repeated here.
其中，第一信息至少包括第一移动管理实体所属运营商的信息。示例性的，第一信息包括全球唯一的接入和移动管理功能标识(globally unique AMF identifier，GUAMI)。其中，GUAMI由AMF网元对应的MCC和MNC、8bit的AMF区域标识(AMF region ID)，10bit的AMF集合标识(AMF set ID)以及6bit的AMF指针(AMF pointer)组成。MCC标识了运营商所属的国家，MNC则是运营商的网络标识，AMF region ID和AMF set ID合并在一起表示了服务于相同跟踪区域(tracking area，TA)范围的一组AMF网元，这组AMF网元也被称为AMF池(AMF pool)。AMF region ID、AMF set ID和AMF pointer合并在一起称为AMF标识(AMFidentifier，AMI)，在一组MCC与MNC下唯一。AMF region ID在一组MCC与MNC下唯一，AMF set ID在AMF region ID下唯一。Wherein, the first information includes at least information about the operator to which the first mobility management entity belongs. Exemplarily, the first information includes a globally unique access and mobility management function identifier (globally unique AMF identifier, GUAMI). Among them, GUAMI is composed of MCC and MNC corresponding to AMF network elements, 8-bit AMF region ID (AMF region ID), 10-bit AMF set ID (AMF set ID) and 6-bit AMF pointer (AMF pointer). The MCC identifies the country to which the operator belongs, and the MNC is the network identifier of the operator. AMF region ID and AMF set ID are combined to indicate a group of AMF network elements serving the same tracking area (tracking area, TA). A group of AMF network elements is also called an AMF pool (AMF pool). The combination of AMF region ID, AMF set ID and AMF pointer is called AMF identifier (AMFidentifier, AMI), which is unique under a group of MCC and MNC. AMF region ID is unique under a group of MCC and MNC, and AMF set ID is unique under AMF region ID.
示例性的，以图5为例，第一移动管理实体(即AMF网元)通过V-SMF网元和BG向第二网络单元(即H-SMF网元)发送GUAMI。相应的，第二网络单元(即H-SMF网元)通过V-SMF网元和BG接收来自第一移动管理实体(即AMF网元)的GUAMI。其中，GUAMI可以通过PDU会话创建上下文请求消息进行传输，也可以通过PDU会话更新请求消息进行传输，还可以通过其他消息进行传输，本申请实施例的对此不作限定。下面，结合图8a和图8b，对第一信息的传输过程进行介绍。Exemplarily, taking FIG. 5 as an example, the first mobility management entity (ie, the AMF network element) sends the GUAMI to the second network element (ie, the H-SMF network element) through the V-SMF network element and the BG. Correspondingly, the second network element (ie, the H-SMF network element) receives the GUAMI from the first mobility management entity (ie, the AMF network element) through the V-SMF network element and the BG. Wherein, the GUAMI may be transmitted through a PDU session creation context request message, may also be transmitted through a PDU session update request message, or may be transmitted through other messages, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. Next, the transmission process of the first information will be introduced with reference to FIG. 8a and FIG. 8b.
例如，5G网络的会话建立过程中，第一移动管理实体(即AMF网元)通过PDU会话创建上下文请求消息向第二网络单元(即H-SMF网元)发送GUAMI。如图8a所示，会话建立过程包括如下步骤：For example, during the session establishment process of the 5G network, the first mobility management entity (that is, the AMF network element) sends a GUAMI to the second network unit (that is, the H-SMF network element) through a PDU session creation context request message. As shown in Figure 8a, the session establishment process includes the following steps:
S11、终端设备向AMF网元发送PDU会话建立请求(PDU session establishment request)消息。相应的，AMF网元接收来自终端设备的PDU会话建立请求消息。S11. The terminal device sends a PDU session establishment request (PDU session establishment request) message to the AMF network element. Correspondingly, the AMF network element receives the PDU session establishment request message from the terminal device.
其中，PDU会话建立请求消息请求建立PDU会话。Wherein, the PDU session establishment request message requests establishment of a PDU session.
也就是说，终端设备向拜访PLMN的AMF网元发起PDU会话建立请求消息。That is to say, the terminal device initiates a PDU session establishment request message to the AMF network element of the visited PLMN.
对于AMF网元而言，响应于PDU会话建立请求消息，AMF网元从拜访PLMN中的至少一个SMF网元中选择一个SMF网元，作为V-SMF网元，以及从终端设备归属PLMN中的至少一个SMF网元中选择一个SMF网元，作为H-SMF网元。For the AMF network element, in response to the PDU session establishment request message, the AMF network element selects an SMF network element from at least one SMF network element in the visited PLMN as a V-SMF network element, and the home PLMN from the terminal equipment An SMF network element is selected from at least one SMF network element as an H-SMF network element.
S12、AMF网元向V-SMF网元发送PDU会话创建上下文请求消息。相应的，V-SMF网元接收来自AMF网元的PDU会话创建上下文请求消息。S12. The AMF network element sends a PDU session creation context request message to the V-SMF network element. Correspondingly, the V-SMF network element receives the PDU session creation context request message from the AMF network element.
示例性的，S12中的PDU会话创建上下文请求消息可以记为Nsmf接口传输的PDU会话创建上下文请求(Nsmf_PDU Session_CreateSMContext request)消息。该消息包括PDU会话建立请求消息和GUAMI。该GUAMI为S12中的AMF网元的GUAMI。Exemplarily, the PDU session creation context request message in S12 can be recorded as the PDU session creation context request (Nsmf_PDU Session_CreateSMContext request) message transmitted by the Nsmf interface. This message includes PDU session establishment request message and GUAMI. The GUAMI is the GUAMI of the AMF network element in S12.
S13、V-SMF网元向H-SMF网元发送PDU会话创建上下文请求消息。相应的，H-SMF网元接收来自V-SMF网元的PDU会话创建上下文请求消息。S13. The V-SMF network element sends a PDU session creation context request message to the H-SMF network element. Correspondingly, the H-SMF network element receives the PDU session creation context request message from the V-SMF network element.
其中，S13中的PDU会话创建上下文请求消息可以参见S12的介绍，此处不再赘述。Wherein, for the PDU session creation context request message in S13, refer to the introduction of S12, which will not be repeated here.
如此，在H-SMF网元作为第二网络单元，GUAMI作为第一信息的情况下，第二网络单元即可通过会话建立过程接收到第一信息。In this way, when the H-SMF network element is used as the second network unit and the GUAMI is used as the first information, the second network unit can receive the first information through the session establishment process.
再如，5G网络的会话修改过程中，第一移动管理实体(即AMF网元)通过PDU会话更新上下文请求消息向第二网络单元(即H-SMF网元)发送GUAMI。在一些实施例中，终端设备可以从归属网络方的5G网络，移动到拜访网络方的5G网络。此种情况下，终端设备可以发起会话修改过程。并且，会话建立过程中涉及的移动管理实体有两个，即终端设备移动前接入的归属PLMN的AMF网元，描述为旧AMF(old AMF)网元，终端设备移动后接入的拜访PLMN的AMF网元，描述为新AMF(new AMF)网元。此种情况下，第一移动管理实体是新AMF网元。如图8b所示，会话修改过程包括如下步骤：For another example, during the session modification process of the 5G network, the first mobility management entity (that is, the AMF network element) sends a GUAMI to the second network element (that is, the H-SMF network element) through a PDU session update context request message. In some embodiments, the terminal device may move from the 5G network of the home network party to the 5G network of the visited network party. In this case, the terminal device can initiate a session modification procedure. In addition, there are two mobility management entities involved in the session establishment process, that is, the AMF network element belonging to the PLMN that the terminal device accesses before moving, which is described as an old AMF (old AMF) network element, and the visiting PLMN network element that the terminal device accesses after moving The AMF network element is described as a new AMF (new AMF) network element. In this case, the first mobility management entity is the new AMF network element. As shown in Figure 8b, the session modification process includes the following steps:
S21、终端设备向新AMF网元发送注册请求(registration request)消息。相应的，新AMF网元接收来自终端设备的注册请求消息。S21. The terminal device sends a registration request (registration request) message to the new AMF network element. Correspondingly, the new AMF network element receives the registration request message from the terminal device.
示例性的，注册请求消息包括注册类型(registration type)信息，注册类型(registration type)信息指示移动注册更新(mobility registration updating)。Exemplarily, the registration request message includes registration type (registration type) information, and the registration type (registration type) information indicates mobile registration updating (mobility registration updating).
S22、新AMF网元向旧AMF网元发送上下文请求消息。相应的，旧AMF网元接收来自新AMF的上下文请求消息。S22. The new AMF network element sends a context request message to the old AMF network element. Correspondingly, the old AMF network element receives the context request message from the new AMF.
其中，上下文请求消息用于请求终端设备的上下文信息。示例性的，上下文请求消息可以包括Namf接口传输的用户设备上下文传输(Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer)请求消息。Wherein, the context request message is used to request the context information of the terminal device. Exemplarily, the context request message may include a Namf interface transmitted user equipment context transfer (Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer) request message.
S23、旧AMF网元向新AMF网元发送上下文信息。相应的，新AMF网元接收来自旧AMF的上下文信息。S23. The old AMF network element sends the context information to the new AMF network element. Correspondingly, the new AMF network element receives the context information from the old AMF.
其中，S23中的上下文信息包括终端设备的上下文信息。示例性的，上下文信息可以承载于Namf接口传输的用户设备上下文传输响应(Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer response)消息。Wherein, the context information in S23 includes the context information of the terminal device. Exemplarily, the context information may be carried in a user equipment context transfer response (Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer response) message transmitted by the Namf interface.
示例性的，终端设备的上下文信息包括但不限于以下信息：PDU会话的标识、PDU会话 所使用的互联网协议(internet protocol，IP)地址、PDU会话的业务和会话连续性(service and session continuity，SSC)模式、QoS流的上下文信息等。上述PDU会话是终端设备当前已建立的会话，上述PDU会话的数目可以是一个，也可以是多个，本申请实施例对此不作限定。Exemplarily, the context information of the terminal device includes but is not limited to the following information: the identifier of the PDU session, the Internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) address used by the PDU session, the business of the PDU session and the session continuity (service and session continuity, SSC) mode, context information of QoS flow, etc. The aforementioned PDU session is a session currently established by the terminal device, and the number of the aforementioned PDU session may be one or multiple, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
S24、新AMF网元向H-SMF网元发送PDU会话更新请求消息。相应的，H-SMF网元接收来自新AMF网元的PDU会话更新请求消息。S24. The new AMF network element sends a PDU session update request message to the H-SMF network element. Correspondingly, the H-SMF network element receives the PDU session update request message from the new AMF network element.
其中，PDU会话更新请求消息包括GUAMI。S24中的GUAMI是新AMF网元的GUAMI。Wherein, the PDU session update request message includes GUAMI. The GUAMI in S24 is the GUAMI of the new AMF network element.
示例性的，S24中的PDU会话更新请求消息可以记为Nsmf接口传输的PDU会话更新上下文请求(Nsmf_PDU Session_UptateSMContext request)消息。Exemplarily, the PDU session update request message in S24 can be recorded as a PDU session update context request (Nsmf_PDU Session_UptateSMContext request) message transmitted by the Nsmf interface.
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中所涉及的拜访PLMN的AMF网元(即上述新AMF网元)向归属PLMN的SMF网元(H-SMF网元)发送PDU会话更新请求消息，表示的是，拜访PLMN的AMF网元(即上述新AMF网元)向拜访PLMN的SMF网元(即V-SMF网元)发送PDU会话更新请求消息，拜访PLMN的SMF网元(即V-SMF网元)再将PDU会话更新请求消息发送给归属PLMN的SMF网元(H-SMF网元)，由于在该步骤中拜访PLMN的SMF网元(即V-SMF网元)起到透传的作用，为了描述的简洁，在本申请实施例中和附图中直接描述为新AMF网元向H-SMF网元发送PDU会话更新请求消息。It should be noted that the AMF network element of the visiting PLMN involved in the embodiment of the present application (that is, the above-mentioned new AMF network element) sends a PDU session update request message to the SMF network element (H-SMF network element) of the home PLMN, indicating that Yes, the AMF network element of the visited PLMN (that is, the above-mentioned new AMF network element) sends a PDU session update request message to the SMF network element of the visited PLMN (that is, the V-SMF network element), and the SMF network element of the visited PLMN (that is, the V-SMF network element) element) and then send the PDU session update request message to the SMF network element (H-SMF network element) belonging to the PLMN, because the SMF network element (ie V-SMF network element) of the PLMN that visits the PLMN plays the role of transparent transmission in this step , for brevity of description, in the embodiments of the present application and in the accompanying drawings, it is directly described that the new AMF network element sends a PDU session update request message to the H-SMF network element.
如此，在H-SMF网元作为第二网络单元，GUAMI作为第一信息的情况下，第二网络单元即可通过会话修改过程接收到第一信息。In this way, when the H-SMF network element is used as the second network unit and the GUAMI is used as the first information, the second network unit can receive the first information through the session modification process.
对于第二网络单元而言，获取到第一信息之后，即可执行S601a：For the second network element, after obtaining the first information, S601a can be executed:
S601a、第二网络单元根据第一信息，确定为终端设备提供服务的PLMN属于第一PLMN。S601a. The second network unit determines, according to the first information, that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN.
示例性的，以第一信息为GUAMI为例，若GUAMI中的MNC和MCC与第一PLMN中的MNC和MCC一致，则第二网络单元确定第一移动管理实体属于第一PLMN，即为终端设备提供服务的PLMN属于第一PLMN。Exemplarily, taking the first information as GUAMI as an example, if the MNC and MCC in the GUAMI are consistent with the MNC and MCC in the first PLMN, the second network unit determines that the first mobility management entity belongs to the first PLMN, that is, the terminal The PLMN that the device provides services belongs to the first PLMN.
示例性的，再结合图8a和图8b中的示例，在图8a中，PDU会话创建上下文请求消息中GUAMI是拜访PLMN的AMF网元的信息。在图8b中，以终端设备从归属网络方的5G网络移动到拜访网络方的5G网络为例，PDU会话更新请求消息中GUAMI也是拜访网络方的AMF网元的信息。此种情况下，第二网络单元基于终端设备拜访PLMN的AMF网元的信息，如该AMF网元所属运营商的信息，确定为终端设备提供服务的PLMN属于第一PLMN。Exemplarily, in combination with the examples in FIG. 8a and FIG. 8b , in FIG. 8a , the GUAMI in the PDU session creation context request message is the information of the AMF network element of the visited PLMN. In Figure 8b, taking the terminal device moving from the 5G network of the home network to the 5G network of the visited network as an example, the GUAMI in the PDU session update request message is also the information of the AMF network element of the visited network. In this case, the second network unit determines that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN based on the information of the AMF network element that the terminal device visits the PLMN, such as the information of the operator to which the AMF network element belongs.
可选的，如图7所示，第二网络单元在执行S601之前，还执行S604：Optionally, as shown in FIG. 7, before performing S601, the second network element further performs S604:
S604、第二网络单元确定终端设备处于漫游状态。S604. The second network unit determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state.
其中，漫游状态是指，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN的运营商，与终端设备归属PLMN的运营商不同。示例性的，仍以终端设备归属PLMN的运营商是***为例，若当前为终端设备提供服务的PLMN的运营商是除***之外的其他运营商，如***、中国电信和中国广电中的一项，则终端设备处于漫游状态。Wherein, the roaming state refers to that the operator of the PLMN providing the service for the terminal equipment is different from the operator of the PLMN to which the terminal equipment belongs. As an example, still take the example that the operator of the terminal equipment belongs to the PLMN is China Mobile, if the current operator of the PLMN that provides services for the terminal equipment is other operators except China Mobile, such as China Unicom, China If there is one item in radio and television, the terminal device is in the roaming state.
按照运营商所属国家划分，漫游状态包括国家内漫游和国外漫游。其中，国家内漫游是指，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN不同，但为终端设备提供服务的PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN运营商所属国家相同。国外漫游是指，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN不同，并且，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN运营商所属国家不同。According to the country of the operator, the roaming status includes roaming within the country and roaming abroad. Wherein, roaming within a country means that the PLMN providing services for the terminal equipment is different from the PLMN to which the terminal equipment belongs, but the PLMN providing services for the terminal equipment and the PLMN operator of the terminal equipment belong to the same country. Overseas roaming refers to that the PLMN providing services for the terminal device is different from the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs, and the PLMN providing services for the terminal device is different from the country to which the PLMN operator belongs to the terminal device.
在S604中，终端设备可以是处于国家内漫游状态，也可以是处于国外漫游状态。本申请 实施例第一种通信方法600中，仅以终端设备处于国家内漫游状态为例，进行介绍。In S604, the terminal device may be in a state of roaming within a country, or may be in a state of roaming abroad. In the first communication method 600 of the embodiment of the present application, only the terminal device is in the roaming state within the country as an example for introduction.
可选的，S604的实现过程介绍如下：Optionally, the implementation process of S604 is introduced as follows:
仍以图5为例，第一网络单元为拜访PLMN的SMF网元，即V-SMF网元，第二网络单元为归属PLMN的SMF网元，即H-SMF网元。若终端设备处于漫游状态，则第一网络单元(V-SMF网元)和第二网络单元(H-SMF网元)之间的消息传输过程如下步骤a和步骤b：Still taking Figure 5 as an example, the first network element is an SMF network element that visits the PLMN, that is, a V-SMF network element, and the second network element is an SMF network element that belongs to the PLMN, that is, an H-SMF network element. If the terminal device is in the roaming state, the message transmission process between the first network element (V-SMF network element) and the second network element (H-SMF network element) is as follows: step a and step b:
步骤a、V-SMF网元向BG发送消息。相应的，BG接收来自V-SMF网元的消息。Step a, the V-SMF network element sends a message to the BG. Correspondingly, the BG receives the message from the V-SMF network element.
其中，步骤a中的消息可以包括上述PDU会话创建上下文请求消息，也可以包括上述PDU会话更新请求消息，还可以包括其他消息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。步骤a中的消息至少携带V-SMF网元的信息，如V-SMF网元的标识。Wherein, the message in step a may include the above-mentioned PDU session creation context request message, may also include the above-mentioned PDU session update request message, and may also include other messages, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application. The message in step a at least carries the information of the V-SMF network element, such as the identifier of the V-SMF network element.
步骤b、BG向H-SMF网元发送消息。相应的，H-SMF网元接收来自BG的消息。In step b, the BG sends a message to the H-SMF network element. Correspondingly, the H-SMF network element receives the message from the BG.
其中，步骤b中的消息是基于步骤a中的消息确定的。例如，步骤b中的消息包括步骤a中的消息。步骤b中的消息还包括BG的信息，如BG的标识。Wherein, the message in step b is determined based on the message in step a. For example, the message in step b includes the message in step a. The message in step b also includes BG information, such as the BG ID.
对于H-SMF网元而言，在H-SMF网元作为第二网络单元的情况下，S604可以实现为：若第二网络单元执行步骤b，则确定终端设备处于漫游状态。或者，第二网络单元(即上述H-SMF网元)根据步骤b的消息携带的标识(如上述V-SMF网元的标识、或BG的标识)，来确定终端设备处于漫游状态。For the H-SMF network element, when the H-SMF network element is used as the second network unit, S604 may be implemented as: if the second network unit executes step b, determine that the terminal device is in a roaming state. Alternatively, the second network unit (that is, the H-SMF network element) determines that the terminal device is in the roaming state according to the identifier carried in the message in step b (such as the identifier of the V-SMF network element or the identifier of the BG).
应理解，步骤a和步骤b被执行的情况下，也可以理解为，第二网络单元接收来自第一网络单元的消息，此种情况下，第二网络单元也确定终端设备处于漫游状态。其中，第一网络单元至少具备会话管理功能。本申请实施例中，仅以图5为例，第一网络单元可以是V-SMF网元。应理解，随着通信技术的演进，第一网络单元也可以有其他名称，本申请实施例对网络单元的名称不作限定。It should be understood that when step a and step b are executed, it can also be understood that the second network unit receives the message from the first network unit, and in this case, the second network unit also determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state. Wherein, the first network element has at least a session management function. In this embodiment of the present application, only taking FIG. 5 as an example, the first network element may be a V-SMF network element. It should be understood that with the evolution of communication technologies, the first network unit may also have other names, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit the name of the network unit.
示例性的，再结合图8a和图8b中的示例，在图8a所示的场景中，V-SMF网元向H-SMF网元发送消息，步骤a和步骤b被执行。在图8b所示的场景中，终端设备从归属网络方的5G网络移动到拜访网络方的5G网络的情况下，V-SMF网元也向H-SMF网元发送消息，步骤a和步骤b被执行。上述两种情况下，第二网络单元(即上述H-SMF网元)确定终端设备处于漫游状态。反之，若步骤a和步骤b未执行，则第二网络单元确定终端设备未处于漫游状态。Exemplarily, in combination with the examples in FIG. 8a and FIG. 8b, in the scenario shown in FIG. 8a, the V-SMF network element sends a message to the H-SMF network element, and step a and step b are executed. In the scenario shown in Figure 8b, when the terminal device moves from the 5G network of the home network to the 5G network of the visited network, the V-SMF network element also sends a message to the H-SMF network element, step a and step b be executed. In the above two cases, the second network element (that is, the H-SMF network element) determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state. On the contrary, if step a and step b are not executed, the second network unit determines that the terminal device is not in the roaming state.
对于第二网络单元而言，若终端设备处于漫游状态，第二网络单元才执行S601，反之，若终端设备未处于漫游状态，则第二网络单元也就无需执行S601，以简化第二网络单元的处理过程。应理解，在图7中，仅以S601实现为S601a的情况为例，示出了S604和S601的执行顺序。For the second network unit, if the terminal device is in the roaming state, the second network unit only executes S601, otherwise, if the terminal device is not in the roaming state, then the second network unit does not need to execute S601, to simplify the second network unit process. It should be understood that in FIG. 7 , only the case where S601 is implemented as S601a is taken as an example, and the execution sequence of S604 and S601 is shown.
需要说明的是，S603和S604均是可选的步骤。在S603和S604均被执行的情况下，若步骤a(或步骤b)中的消息包括上述PDU会话创建上下文请求消息，或包括上述PDU会话更新请求消息，则第二网络单元可以先执行S603，再执行S604。若步骤a(或步骤b)中的消息包括其他消息，则第二网络单元可以先执行S603，再执行S604，也可以先执行S604，再执行S603，还可以同时执行S603和S604，本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that both S603 and S604 are optional steps. In the case where both S603 and S604 are executed, if the message in step a (or step b) includes the above-mentioned PDU session creation context request message, or includes the above-mentioned PDU session update request message, the second network unit may first execute S603, Execute S604 again. If the message in step a (or step b) includes other messages, then the second network unit may execute S603 first, and then execute S604, or execute S604 first, and then execute S603, or execute S603 and S604 at the same time. Examples are not limited to this.
对于第二网络单元而言，执行S601之后，可以执行S602a，如图6中的方式1所在方框所示，也可以执行S602b，如图6中的方式2所在方框所示。其中，S602a和S602b的介绍如下：For the second network unit, after performing S601, S602a may be performed, as shown in the block of mode 1 in FIG. 6 , or S602b may be performed, as shown in the block of mode 2 in FIG. 6 . Among them, the introduction of S602a and S602b is as follows:
S602a、第二网络单元不向终端设备发送目标参数。S602a. The second network element does not send the target parameter to the terminal device.
其中，目标参数包括第一通信制式的PDU会话的参数映射至第二通信制式的参数。其中，第一通信制式与第二通信制式不同，例如，第一通信制式可以是5G，第二通信制式可以是4G、3G、或2G，或者，第一通信制式可以是4G，第二通信制式可以是3G、或2G。在本申请实施例中，仅以第一通信制式是5G，第二通信制式是4G为例，进行介绍。Wherein, the target parameters include mapping parameters of the PDU session of the first communication standard to parameters of the second communication standard. Wherein, the first communication standard is different from the second communication standard, for example, the first communication standard may be 5G, the second communication standard may be 4G, 3G, or 2G, or the first communication standard may be 4G, and the second communication standard Can be 3G, or 2G. In this embodiment of the application, only the first communication standard is 5G and the second communication standard is 4G as an example for introduction.
示例性的，目标参数介绍如下：在5G网络中，终端设备通过创建PDU会话访问DN，一个会话中可以包含一个或多个数据流，如服务质量流(quality of service，QoS flow)。在4G网络，终端设备通过创建分组数据网络连接(packet data network，PDN connection)访问DN，一个连接里可以包含多个EPS承载。随着终端设备位置的移动，终端设备可能从5G网络移动到4G网络。其中，5G网络中的QoS flow与4G网络中的EPS承载存在对应匹配关系。对于可能切换到4G网络的服务质量流(QoS flow)，第二网络单元将分配对应的EPS承载标识(EPS bearer identity，EBI)。此种情况下，上述目标参数可以包括PDU会话的4G参数，如QoS流的参数、EBI等。Exemplarily, the target parameters are introduced as follows: In a 5G network, a terminal device accesses a DN by creating a PDU session, and a session may include one or more data flows, such as quality of service (QoS flow). On a 4G network, a terminal device accesses a DN by creating a packet data network (PDN connection), and one connection can contain multiple EPS bearers. As the location of the terminal device moves, the terminal device may move from the 5G network to the 4G network. Among them, there is a corresponding matching relationship between the QoS flow in the 5G network and the EPS bearer in the 4G network. For the quality of service flow (QoS flow) that may be handed over to the 4G network, the second network element will allocate a corresponding EPS bearer identity (EPS bearer identity, EBI). In this case, the above target parameters may include 4G parameters of the PDU session, such as QoS flow parameters, EBI and so on.
可选的，第二网络单元为终端设备不分配目标参数。此种情况下，第二网络单元也就不向终端设备发送目标参数。示例性的，结合5G网络的会话建立过程进行详细介绍：Optionally, the second network unit does not assign the target parameter to the terminal device. In this case, the second network unit does not send the target parameter to the terminal device. As an example, a detailed introduction will be made in conjunction with the session establishment process of the 5G network:
如图8a所示，会话建立过程包括如下步骤：As shown in Figure 8a, the session establishment process includes the following steps:
S14、当H-SMF网元为终端设备未分配目标参数时，H-SMF网元向V-SMF网元发送PDU会话创建上下文响应消息。相应的，V-SMF网元接收来自H-SMF网元的PDU会话创建上下文响应消息。S14. When the H-SMF network element does not assign target parameters to the terminal device, the H-SMF network element sends a PDU session creation context response message to the V-SMF network element. Correspondingly, the V-SMF network element receives the PDU session creation context response message from the H-SMF network element.
示例性的，S14中的PDU会话创建上下文响应消息可以记为Nsmf接口传输的PDU会话创建上下文响应(Nsmf_PDU Session_CreateSMContext response)消息。该消息包括PDU会话建立接受(PDU session establishment accept)消息。该PDU会话建立接受消息不携带上述目标参数。Exemplarily, the PDU session creation context response message in S14 can be recorded as the PDU session creation context response (Nsmf_PDU Session_CreateSMContext response) message transmitted by the Nsmf interface. The message includes a PDU session establishment accept (PDU session establishment accept) message. The PDU session establishment acceptance message does not carry the above target parameter.
S15、V-SMF网元向AMF网元发送PDU会话创建上下文响应消息。相应的，AMF网元接收来自V-SMF网元的PDU会话创建上下文响应消息。S15. The V-SMF network element sends a PDU session creation context response message to the AMF network element. Correspondingly, the AMF network element receives the PDU session creation context response message from the V-SMF network element.
其中，S15中的PDU会话创建上下文响应消息可以参见S14的介绍，此处不再赘述。Wherein, for the PDU session creation context response message in S15, refer to the introduction of S14, which will not be repeated here.
S16、AMF网元向终端设备发送PDU会话建立接受消息。相应的，终端设备接收来自AMF网元的PDU会话建立接受消息。S16. The AMF network element sends a PDU session establishment acceptance message to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the PDU session establishment acceptance message from the AMF network element.
其中，S16中的PDU会话建立接受消息可以参见S14的介绍，此处不再赘述。Wherein, the PDU session establishment acceptance message in S16 can refer to the introduction of S14, and will not be repeated here.
如此，在H-SMF网元作为第二网络单元，且为终端设备不分配目标参数的情况下，第二网络单元发送不携带目标参数的PDU会话建立接受消息。如此，第二网络单元不向终端设备发送目标参数，可以具体实现为，上述PDU会话建立接受消息不携带目标参数，相应的，终端设备也就无法接收到来自第二网络单元的目标参数。In this way, when the H-SMF network element is used as the second network element and no target parameter is assigned to the terminal device, the second network element sends a PDU session establishment acceptance message that does not carry the target parameter. In this way, the second network unit does not send the target parameter to the terminal device, which can be specifically realized that the above-mentioned PDU session establishment acceptance message does not carry the target parameter, and accordingly, the terminal device cannot receive the target parameter from the second network unit.
S602b、第二网络单元向终端设备发送指示信息。相应的，终端设备接收来自第二网络单元的指示信息。S602b. The second network unit sends indication information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the indication information from the second network unit.
其中，指示信息指示删除目标参数。其中，S602b中的目标参数与S602a中的目标参数一致，此处不再赘述。Wherein, the indication information indicates the deletion target parameter. Wherein, the target parameter in S602b is consistent with the target parameter in S602a, which will not be repeated here.
示例性的，结合5G网络的会话修改过程，对指示信息的传输过程进行详细介绍：Exemplarily, combined with the session modification process of the 5G network, the transmission process of the indication information is introduced in detail:
如图8b所示，仍以终端设备可以从归属网络方的5G网络，移动到拜访网络方的5G网 络为例，进行介绍。会话修改过程包括如下步骤：As shown in Figure 8b, the introduction is still taking the example that a terminal device can move from the 5G network of the home network to the 5G network of the visited network. The session modification process includes the following steps:
S25、H-SMF网元向新AMF网元发送PDU会话更新响应消息。相应的，新AMF网元接收来自H-SMF网元的PDU会话更新响应消息。S25. The H-SMF network element sends a PDU session update response message to the new AMF network element. Correspondingly, the new AMF network element receives the PDU session update response message from the H-SMF network element.
其中，PDU会话更新响应消息包括PDU会话修改命令消息，PDU会话修改命令消息携带有指示信息，以指示终端设备删除目标参数。Wherein, the PDU session update response message includes a PDU session modification command message, and the PDU session modification command message carries indication information to instruct the terminal device to delete the target parameter.
示例性的，PDU会话更新响应消息可以通过Nsmf接口传输，记为Nsmf_PDU Session_UptateSMContext response消息。PDU会话修改命令消息可以记为PDU Session Modification Command消息。PDU Session Modification Command消息包括映射的EPS承载上下文(Mapped EPS bearer contexts)。其中，映射的EPS承载上下文通过操作码(operation code)中携带删除新EPS承载(delete new EPS bearer)指示。其中，上述指示信息可以实现为上述删除新EPS承载指示。Exemplarily, the PDU session update response message can be transmitted through the Nsmf interface, which is recorded as the Nsmf_PDU Session_UptateSMContext response message. The PDU session modification command message can be recorded as a PDU Session Modification Command message. The PDU Session Modification Command message includes mapped EPS bearer contexts (Mapped EPS bearer contexts). Wherein, the mapped EPS bearer context carries a delete new EPS bearer (delete new EPS bearer) instruction in the operation code (operation code). Wherein, the above indication information may be implemented as the above indication of deleting the new EPS bearer.
S26、新AMF网元向终端设备发送注册接受(registration accept)消息。相应的，终端设备接收来自新AMF网元的注册接受消息。S26. The new AMF network element sends a registration accept (registration accept) message to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives a registration acceptance message from the new AMF network element.
S27、新AMF网元向终端设备发送PDU会话修改命令消息。相应的，终端设备接收来自新AMF网元的PDU会话修改命令消息。S27. The new AMF network element sends a PDU session modification command message to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the PDU session modification command message from the new AMF network element.
其中，S27中的PDU会话修改命令消息携带映射的EPS承载上下文，以向终端设备传输指示信息。Wherein, the PDU session modification command message in S27 carries the mapped EPS bearer context to transmit instruction information to the terminal device.
S28、终端设备向新AMF网元发送PDU会话修改命令确认消息。相应的，新AMF网元接收来自终端设备的PDU会话修改命令确认消息。S28. The terminal device sends a PDU session modification command confirmation message to the new AMF network element. Correspondingly, the new AMF network element receives the PDU session modification command confirmation message from the terminal device.
示例性的，PDU会话修改命令确认消息可以记为PDU Session Modification Command ACK。相应的，终端设备删除PDU会话对应的4G参数，如EBI和4G QoS参数。Exemplarily, the PDU session modification command acknowledgment message may be recorded as PDU Session Modification Command ACK. Correspondingly, the terminal device deletes the 4G parameters corresponding to the PDU session, such as EBI and 4G QoS parameters.
如此，在H-SMF网元作为第二网络单元，且向终端设备发送指示信息的情况下，第二网络单元通过发送PDU会话修改命令消息向终端设备发送指示信息，以指示终端设备删除目标参数。In this way, when the H-SMF network element is used as the second network unit and sends indication information to the terminal device, the second network unit sends the indication information to the terminal device by sending a PDU session modification command message to instruct the terminal device to delete the target parameter .
以上，仅以为终端设备提供服务的PLMN属于第一PLMN为例，进行介绍。当然，在为终端设备提供服务的PLMN也可以不属于第一PLMN。此种情况下，第二网络单元向终端设备发送目标参数，详见图9所示的处理步骤：Above, it is only introduced as an example that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal equipment belongs to the first PLMN. Of course, the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device may not belong to the first PLMN. In this case, the second network element sends the target parameter to the terminal device, see the processing steps shown in Figure 9 for details:
S901、第二网络单元确定为终端设备提供服务的PLMN不属于第一PLMN。S901. The second network element determines that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN.
其中，第二网络单元和第一PLMN可以参见S601的介绍，此处不再赘述。Wherein, for the second network unit and the first PLMN, refer to the introduction of S601, which will not be repeated here.
其中，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN的介绍如下：Among them, the introduction of PLMN that provides services for terminal equipment is as follows:
作为一种可能的实现方式，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN相同。也就是说，终端设备当前接入的PLMN即为终端设备归属PLMN。此种情况下，终端设备未处于漫游状态，第一PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN运营商所属国家可以相同，也可以不同，此处不作限定。示例性的，以终端设备归属PLMN是***运营商网络为例，第一PLMN可以包括国内运营商的PLMN，也可以包括其他国家运营商的PLMN。As a possible implementation manner, the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is the same as the home PLMN of the terminal device. That is to say, the PLMN currently accessed by the terminal device is the home PLMN of the terminal device. In this case, the terminal device is not in a roaming state, and the first PLMN and the country to which the terminal device belongs to the PLMN operator may be the same or different, which is not limited herein. Exemplarily, taking the home PLMN of the terminal equipment as an example of a network of a Chinese mobile operator, the first PLMN may include a PLMN of a domestic operator, or may include a PLMN of an operator in another country.
作为另一种可能的实现方式，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN运营商所属国家不同。也就是说，终端设备当前接入的PLMN是国外运营商网络。此种情况下，终端设备处于国外漫游状态。在该实现方式中，第一PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN运营商所属国家相同。示例性的，仍以终端设备归属PLMN是***运营商网络为例，第一PLMN 仅包括国内运营商的PLMN，不包括其他国家运营商的PLMN。As another possible implementation manner, the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is different from the country to which the terminal device belongs to the PLMN operator. That is to say, the PLMN currently accessed by the terminal device is a network of a foreign operator. In this case, the terminal device is roaming abroad. In this implementation manner, the first PLMN is the same as the country to which the PLMN operator of the terminal device belongs. Exemplarily, still taking the example that the home PLMN of the terminal equipment is the network of a Chinese mobile operator, the first PLMN only includes PLMNs of domestic operators, and does not include PLMNs of operators in other countries.
可选的，如图10a所示，第二网络单元还执行S903，相应的，S901的实现过程包括S901a。其中，S903和S901a的介绍如下：Optionally, as shown in FIG. 10a, the second network unit further executes S903, and correspondingly, the implementation process of S901 includes S901a. Among them, the introduction of S903 and S901a is as follows:
S903、第一移动管理实体向第二网络单元发送第一信息。相应的，第二网络单元接收来自第一移动管理实体的第一信息。S903. The first mobility management entity sends the first information to the second network element. Correspondingly, the second network element receives the first information from the first mobility management entity.
其中，第二网络单元和第一信息可以参见S603的介绍，此处不再赘述。Wherein, for the second network unit and the first information, refer to the introduction of S603, which will not be repeated here.
其中，第一移动管理实体是当前为终端设备提供服务的PLMN中的网元，主要用于移动性管理和接入管理等。以5G网络为例，第一移动管理实体可以是AMF网元。应理解，随着通信技术的演进，第一移动管理实体也可以有其他名称，本申请实施例对实体的名称不作限定。示例性的，当为终端设备提供服务的PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN相同时，第一移动管理实体是终端设备归属PLMN中的网元。当为终端设备提供服务的PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN运营商所属国家不同时，第一移动管理实体是其他国家运营商PLMN中的网元。Wherein, the first mobility management entity is a network element in the PLMN that currently provides services for the terminal equipment, and is mainly used for mobility management and access management. Taking a 5G network as an example, the first mobility management entity may be an AMF network element. It should be understood that with the evolution of communication technologies, the first mobility management entity may also have other names, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit the name of the entity. Exemplarily, when the PLMN serving the terminal device is the same as the home PLMN of the terminal device, the first mobility management entity is a network element in the home PLMN of the terminal device. When the PLMN that provides services for the terminal equipment is different from the country to which the PLMN operator of the terminal equipment belongs, the first mobility management entity is a network element in the PLMN of the operator in other countries.
示例性的，以第一移动管理实体是终端设备归属PLMN中的网元为例，对第一信息的传输过程进行介绍：终端设备从拜访网络方的5G网络，移动到归属网络方的5G网络。此种情况下，终端设备可以发起会话修改过程。并且，会话建立过程中涉及的移动管理实体有两个，新AMF网元和旧AMF网元。此种场景下，第一移动管理实体是终端设备归属PLMN的网元，仍属于新AMF网元，具体过程仍可以参见图8b的描述，此处不再赘述。Exemplarily, taking the first mobility management entity as a network element in the home PLMN of the terminal device as an example, the transmission process of the first information is introduced: the terminal device moves from the 5G network of the visited network party to the 5G network of the home network party . In this case, the terminal device can initiate a session modification procedure. Moreover, there are two mobility management entities involved in the session establishment process, the new AMF network element and the old AMF network element. In this scenario, the first mobility management entity is the network element of the terminal equipment belonging to the PLMN, and still belongs to the new AMF network element. The specific process can still refer to the description in FIG. 8b , and will not be repeated here.
对于第二网络单元而言，获取到第一信息之后，即可执行S901a：For the second network element, after obtaining the first information, S901a can be executed:
S901a、第二网络单元根据第一信息，确定为终端设备提供服务的PLMN不属于第一PLMN。S901a. The second network unit determines, according to the first information, that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN.
示例性的，以第一信息为GUAMI为例，若GUAMI中的MNC和MCC与第一PLMN中的MNC和MCC不一致，则第二网络单元确定第一移动管理实体不属于第一PLMN，即为终端设备提供服务的PLMN不属于第一PLMN。Exemplarily, taking the first information as GUAMI as an example, if the MNC and MCC in the GUAMI are inconsistent with the MNC and MCC in the first PLMN, the second network unit determines that the first mobility management entity does not belong to the first PLMN, that is, The PLMN that the terminal device provides services does not belong to the first PLMN.
示例性的，作为一种可能的场景，以终端设备从拜访网络方的5G网络移动到归属网络方的5G网络为例，结合图8b，GUAMI也是归属网络方的AMF网元的信息。此种情况下，第二网络单元基于归属网络方的AMF网元的信息，确定为终端设备提供服务的PLMN不属于第一PLMN。Exemplarily, as a possible scenario, take the terminal device moving from the 5G network of the visited network party to the 5G network of the home network party as an example. Referring to FIG. 8b, the GUAMI is also the information of the AMF network element of the home network party. In this case, the second network element determines that the PLMN serving the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN based on the information of the AMF network element of the home network.
作为另一种可能的场景，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN的运营商所属国家不同。即终端设备处于漫游状态，且属于国外漫游状态。由于第一PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN运营商所属国家相同。此种情况下，为终端设备提供服务的PLMN也不属于第一PLMN。As another possible scenario, the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is different from the country to which the operator of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs. That is, the terminal device is in the roaming state, and belongs to the foreign roaming state. Since the first PLMN is the same as the country to which the PLMN operator of the terminal device belongs. In this case, the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN.
如此，第二网络单元基于第一移动管理实体所属运营商的信息，即可确定为终端设备提供服务的PLMN不属于第一PLMN。In this way, based on the information of the operator to which the first mobility management entity belongs, the second network unit can determine that the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN.
可选的，如图10b所示，对于为终端设备提供服务的PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN的运营商所属国家不同的情况，即终端设备处于国外漫游的状态，第二网络单元在执行S901之前，还可以执行S904：Optionally, as shown in Figure 10b, for the case where the PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is different from the country to which the operator of the terminal device belongs to the PLMN, that is, the terminal device is roaming abroad, before the second network unit executes S901, S904 can also be executed:
S904、第二网络单元确定终端设备处于漫游状态。S904. The second network unit determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state.
其中，漫游状态可以参见S604的介绍，此处不再赘述。Wherein, the roaming state can refer to the introduction of S604, which will not be repeated here.
示例性的，S904的实现过程可以参见S604的介绍，如S604中步骤a和步骤b，此处不 再赘述。仍以为终端设备提供服务的PLMN是其他国家运营商的PLMN为例，步骤a和步骤b被执行，第二网络单元即可确定终端设备处于漫游状态。Exemplarily, for the implementation process of S904, refer to the introduction of S604, such as step a and step b in S604, which will not be repeated here. Still assuming that the PLMN providing service for the terminal device is the PLMN of an operator in another country, step a and step b are executed, and the second network unit can determine that the terminal device is in a roaming state.
对于第二网络单元而言，若终端设备处于漫游状态，第二网络单元才执行S901，进而判断为终端设备提供服务的PLMN是否属于第一PLMN，以简化第二网络单元的处理过程。应理解，此种情况下，第一PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN运营商所属国家相同。For the second network unit, if the terminal device is in a roaming state, the second network unit executes S901 to further determine whether the PLMN serving the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN, so as to simplify the processing process of the second network unit. It should be understood that, in this case, the first PLMN is the same as the country to which the PLMN operator of the terminal device belongs.
需要说明的是，S903和S904均是可选的步骤。在S903和S904均被执行的情况下，若步骤a(或步骤b)中的消息包括上述PDU会话创建上下文请求消息，或包括上述PDU会话更新请求消息，则第二网络单元可以先执行S903，再执行S904。若步骤a(或步骤b)中的消息包括其他消息，则第二网络单元可以先执行S903，再执行S904，也可以先执行S904，再执行S903，还可以同时执行S903和S904，本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that both S903 and S904 are optional steps. In the case where both S903 and S904 are executed, if the message in step a (or step b) includes the above-mentioned PDU session creation context request message, or includes the above-mentioned PDU session update request message, the second network unit may first execute S903, Execute S904 again. If the message in step a (or step b) includes other messages, then the second network unit may execute S903 first, and then execute S904, or execute S904 first, and then execute S903, or execute S903 and S904 at the same time. Examples are not limited to this.
S902、第二网络单元向终端设备发送目标参数。相应的，终端设备接收来自第二网络单元的目标参数。S902. The second network element sends the target parameter to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the target parameter from the second network element.
其中，目标参数可以参见S602a的介绍，此处不再赘述。Wherein, for the target parameters, refer to the introduction of S602a, which will not be repeated here.
示例性的，结合会话修改过程，对目标参数的传输过程进行详细介绍：Exemplarily, combined with the session modification process, the transmission process of the target parameter is introduced in detail:
如图8b所示，仍以终端设备可以从拜访网络方的5G网络，移动到归属网络方的5G网络为例，进行介绍。此种情况下，PDU会话修改命令消息包括如下参数：PDU会话标识(PDU Session ID)、QoS流对应的QoS参数(QoS Flow level QoS parameters)、映射的EPS承载上下文(Mapped EPS bearer contexts)。其中，PDU会话标识用于标识一个PDU会话，QoS流对应的QoS参数内携带该QoS flow对应的EBI，映射的EPS承载上下文携带1个或多个QoS flow对应的4G QoS参数和EBI，映射的EPS承载上下文通过操作码(operation code)中携带创建新EPS承载(Create new EPS bearer)指示。其中，上述EBI和4G QoS参数均属于目标参数。也就是说，相比于S602b中的PDU会话修改命令消息而言，PDU会话修改命令消息不再携带指示信息，而是携带目标参数。As shown in Fig. 8b, the introduction is still made by taking the example that the terminal device can move from the 5G network of the visited network party to the 5G network of the home network party. In this case, the PDU session modification command message includes the following parameters: PDU session identifier (PDU Session ID), QoS parameters (QoS Flow level QoS parameters) corresponding to the QoS flow, and mapped EPS bearer contexts (Mapped EPS bearer contexts). Among them, the PDU session identifier is used to identify a PDU session, the QoS parameter corresponding to the QoS flow carries the EBI corresponding to the QoS flow, the mapped EPS bearer context carries one or more 4G QoS parameters and EBI corresponding to the QoS flow, and the mapped The EPS bearer context is carried in the operation code (operation code) to create a new EPS bearer (Create new EPS bearer) instruction. Among them, the above-mentioned EBI and 4G QoS parameters are target parameters. That is to say, compared with the PDU session modification command message in S602b, the PDU session modification command message no longer carries indication information, but carries target parameters.
如此，在H-SMF网元作为第二网络单元的情况下，第二网络单元通过发送PDU会话修改命令消息向终端设备发送目标参数，以向终端设备提供目标参数。In this way, when the H-SMF network element is used as the second network element, the second network element sends the target parameter to the terminal device by sending a PDU session modification command message, so as to provide the target parameter to the terminal device.
在本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法中，当终端设备从第一PLMN的第一通信制式重选到终端设备归属PLMN的第二通信制式时，向终端设备归属PLMN的第二移动管理实体发送注册请求消息。其中，第一PLMN和终端设备归属PLMN不同，第一通信制式与第二通信制式不同，终端设备保存有目标参数，目标参数包括第一通信制式的协议数据单元PDU会话的参数映射至第二通信制式的参数。之后，终端设备接收来自第二移动管理实体的注册接受消息。这样一来，即使第一PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN不同，并且，终端设备保存有目标参数，当终端设备从第一PLMN的第一通信制式移动到终端设备归属PLMN的第二通信制式时，终端设备也发起注册请求消息，不再发起TAU，从而避免TAU失败的问题，有助于缩短终端设备的断网时间，降低终端设备的功耗。In the second communication method provided by the embodiment of this application, when the terminal device reselects from the first communication standard of the first PLMN to the second communication standard of the terminal device's home PLMN, the second mobility management of the terminal device's home PLMN The entity sends a Registration Request message. Wherein, the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device, the first communication system is different from the second communication system, and the terminal device stores target parameters, and the target parameters include the parameters of the protocol data unit PDU session of the first communication system mapped to the second communication system format parameters. Afterwards, the terminal device receives a registration acceptance message from the second mobility management entity. In this way, even if the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device, and the terminal device saves the target parameters, when the terminal device moves from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the home PLMN of the terminal device, the terminal The device also initiates a registration request message and no longer initiates a TAU, thereby avoiding the problem of TAU failure, helping to shorten the disconnection time of the terminal device and reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
如图11所示，本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法1100包括如下步骤：As shown in Figure 11, the second communication method 1100 provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the following steps:
S1101、终端设备确定从第一PLMN的第一通信制式重选或切换到终端设备归属PLMN的第二通信制式。S1101. The terminal device determines to reselect or switch from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the home PLMN of the terminal device.
其中，第一通信制式和第二通信制式可以参见S602a的介绍，此处不再赘述。示例性的， S1101示出的场景包括：终端设备从拜访PLMN的5G网络移动到终端设备归属PLMN的4G网络。此种情况下，终端设备执行的处理过程包括上述S1101。例如，若终端设备处于空闲态下发生移动，则终端设备从第一PLMN的第一通信制式重选到终端设备归属PLMN的第二通信制式。若终端设备处于连接态下发生移动，则终端设备从第一PLMN的第一通信制式切换到终端设备归属PLMN的第二通信制式。For the first communication standard and the second communication standard, reference may be made to the introduction of S602a, which will not be repeated here. Exemplarily, the scenario shown in S1101 includes: the terminal device moves from the 5G network of the visited PLMN to the 4G network of the home PLMN of the terminal device. In this case, the processing performed by the terminal device includes the above S1101. For example, if the terminal device moves in an idle state, the terminal device reselects from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs. If the terminal device moves while in the connected state, the terminal device switches from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs.
其中，第一PLMN是当前为终端设备提供服务的PLMN，示例性的，以图5为例，第一PLMN可以是终端设备的拜访PLMN，具体可以参见S601的介绍，此处不再赘述。Wherein, the first PLMN is the PLMN that currently provides services for the terminal device. For example, taking FIG. 5 as an example, the first PLMN may be the visited PLMN of the terminal device. For details, refer to the introduction of S601, which will not be repeated here.
其中，终端设备保存有目标参数，目标参数可以参见S602a的介绍，此处不再赘述。示例性的，终端设备保存的目标参数，可以是终端设备自身生成的，也可以是从第二网络单元接收的，详见S902的描述，此处不再赘述。Wherein, the terminal device stores target parameters, and the target parameters can be referred to the introduction of S602a, which will not be repeated here. Exemplarily, the target parameter saved by the terminal device may be generated by the terminal device itself, or may be received from the second network unit. For details, refer to the description of S902 , which will not be repeated here.
S1102、终端设备向第二移动管理实体发送注册请求消息。相应的，第二移动管理实体接收来自终端设备的注册请求消息。S1102. The terminal device sends a registration request message to the second mobility management entity. Correspondingly, the second mobility management entity receives the registration request message from the terminal device.
其中，第二移动管理实体是终端设备归属PLMN中的网元，主要用于移动性管理和接入管理等。示例性的，以4G网络为例，第二移动管理实体可以是MME。应理解，随着通信技术的演进，第一移动管理实体也可以有其他名称，本申请实施例对实体的名称不作限定。注册请求消息可以记为initial attach消息。也就是说，终端设备向MME发送initial attach消息。相应的，MME接收来自终端设备的initial attach消息。Wherein, the second mobility management entity is a network element in the PLMN to which the terminal equipment belongs, and is mainly used for mobility management and access management. Exemplarily, taking a 4G network as an example, the second mobility management entity may be an MME. It should be understood that with the evolution of communication technologies, the first mobility management entity may also have other names, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit the name of the entity. The registration request message may be recorded as an initial attach message. That is to say, the terminal device sends an initial attach message to the MME. Correspondingly, the MME receives the initial attach message from the terminal device.
S1103、第二移动管理实体向终端设备发送注册接受消息。相应的，终端设备接收来自第二移动管理实体的注册接受消息。S1103. The second mobility management entity sends a registration acceptance message to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives a registration acceptance message from the second mobility management entity.
示例性的，仍以4G网络为例，第二移动管理实体可以是MME。注册接受消息可以记为attach accept消息。也就是说，MME向终端设备发送attach accept消息。相应的，终端设备接收来自MME的attach accept消息。Exemplarily, still taking the 4G network as an example, the second mobility management entity may be an MME. The registration acceptance message can be recorded as an attach accept message. That is to say, the MME sends an attach accept message to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the attach accept message from the MME.
在一些实施例中，如图12所示，终端设备在S1102之前，还执行S1104：In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 12, the terminal device further executes S1104 before S1102:
S1104、终端设备根据第一信息，确定第一PLMN和终端设备归属PLMN不同。S1104. The terminal device determines, according to the first information, that the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device.
其中，第一信息包括至少一个第三PLMN的信息，第三PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN不同，第三PLMN包括第一PLMN。示例性的，以终端设备归属PLMN的运营商是***为例，第三PLMN可以是除***之外的其他运营商(如***、中国电信等)网络。以***为例，第三PLMN可以包括46001、46006所标识的PLMN。或者，第三PLMN可以是某一运营商向其他运营商提供共享服务的PLMN。第三PLMN覆盖区域可以是偏远地区，如新疆。示例性的，以运营商***向***提供共享服务为例，***的接入网设备广播两个PLMN ID，即460，00和460，30。其中，460，00标识的PLMN为***的终端设备提供服务。460，30标识的PLMN是***共享给***的PLMN，以向***的终端设备提供服务。上述460，30标识的PLMN属于第三PLMN。示例性的，第三PLMN可以是预配置的。第一信息包括预配置的至少一个第三PLMN的信息。Wherein, the first information includes information of at least one third PLMN, the third PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device, and the third PLMN includes the first PLMN. Exemplarily, taking an example in which the operator of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs is China Mobile, the third PLMN may be a network of another operator (such as China Unicom, China Telecom, etc.) other than China Mobile. Taking China Unicom as an example, the third PLMN may include the PLMNs identified by 46001 and 46006. Alternatively, the third PLMN may be a PLMN where a certain operator provides shared services to other operators. The coverage area of the third PLMN may be a remote area, such as Xinjiang. Exemplarily, taking the sharing service provided by the operator China Mobile to China Unicom as an example, the access network equipment of China Mobile broadcasts two PLMN IDs, namely 460,00 and 460,30. Among them, the PLMN identified by 460,00 provides services for China Mobile's terminal equipment. The PLMN identified by 460 and 30 is the PLMN shared by China Mobile to China Unicom to provide services to China Unicom's terminal equipment. The PLMN identified by the above 460, 30 belongs to the third PLMN. Exemplarily, the third PLMN may be pre-configured. The first information includes preconfigured information of at least one third PLMN.
在一些实施例中，第一PLMN的信息可以表格(list)的形式存储，或其他形式存储。在以表格存储的情况下，该表格可以描述为指定PLMN列表，或其他名称，本申请实施例对此不作限定。In some embodiments, the information of the first PLMN may be stored in the form of a table (list), or in other forms. In the case of storing in a table, the table may be described as a list of designated PLMNs, or other names, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
需要说明的是，在本申请实施例第二种通信方法1100中，第三PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN的运营商所属国家可以相同，也可以不同，此处不作限定。It should be noted that, in the second communication method 1100 of the embodiment of the present application, the country of the third PLMN and the operator of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs may be the same or different, which is not limited here.
应理解，S1104是可选的步骤，在S1104被执行的情况下，终端设备可以先执行S1104，再执行S1101，也可以先执行S1101，再执行S1104，还可以同时执行S1101和S1104，本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that S1104 is an optional step. When S1104 is executed, the terminal device may execute S1104 first, then S1101, or execute S1101 first, and then execute S1104, or execute S1101 and S1104 at the same time. This application implements Examples are not limited to this.
示例性的，终端设备获取第一信息的方式包括如下两种：Exemplarily, the manners for the terminal device to obtain the first information include the following two methods:
可选的，如图12中“方式1”所在方框所示，终端设备还执行S1105a：Optionally, as shown in the box of "Mode 1" in Figure 12, the terminal device also executes S1105a:
S1105a、第二移动管理实体向终端设备发送第一信息。相应的，终端设备接收来自第二移动管理实体的第一信息。S1105a. The second mobility management entity sends the first information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first information from the second mobility management entity.
其中，S1105a中的第一信息与S1104中的第一信息一致，此处不再赘述。Wherein, the first information in S1105a is consistent with the first information in S1104, which will not be repeated here.
示例性的，终端设备可以在归属网络的注册过程中获取第一信息。具体地，终端设备向第二移动管理实体发送注册请求消息。相应的，第二移动管理实体接收来自终端设备的注册请求消息。然后，第二移动管理实体向终端设备发送注册接受消息。相应的，终端设备接收来自第二移动管理实体的注册接受消息。其中，注册接受消息包括第一信息和等效公用陆地移动网络(equivalent public land mobile network，EPLMN)信息。此种情况下，EPLMN信息包括上述第一PLMN的信息，以使终端设备驻留到第一PLMN。Exemplarily, the terminal device may obtain the first information during the registration process of the home network. Specifically, the terminal device sends a registration request message to the second mobility management entity. Correspondingly, the second mobility management entity receives the registration request message from the terminal device. Then, the second mobility management entity sends a registration acceptance message to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives a registration acceptance message from the second mobility management entity. Wherein, the registration acceptance message includes first information and equivalent public land mobile network (equivalent public land mobile network, EPLMN) information. In this case, the EPLMN information includes the information of the above-mentioned first PLMN, so that the terminal device camps on the first PLMN.
如此，终端设备即可在归属网络的注册过程获取到第一信息，以使终端设备从第一PLMN的第一通信制式重选到终端设备归属PLMN的第二通信制式时，能够及时发起注册请求消息，从而有效避免TAU失败的问题。In this way, the terminal device can obtain the first information during the registration process of the home network, so that the terminal device can initiate a registration request in time when reselecting from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the home PLMN of the terminal device message, thereby effectively avoiding the problem of TAU failure.
可选的，如图12中“方式2”所在方框所示，终端设备还执行S1105b：Optionally, as shown in the box of "Mode 2" in Figure 12, the terminal device also executes S1105b:
S1105b、第二网络单元向终端设备发送第一信息。相应的，终端设备接收来自第二网络单元的第一信息。S1105b. The second network unit sends the first information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first information from the second network unit.
其中，第二网络单元可以参见S601的介绍，此处不再赘述。For the second network unit, refer to the introduction of S601, which will not be repeated here.
其中，S1105b中的第一信息与S1104中的第一信息一致，此处不再赘述。Wherein, the first information in S1105b is consistent with the first information in S1104, which will not be repeated here.
示例性的，在PDU会话建立过程中，第二网络单元通过PDU会话建立接受消息向终端设备发送第一信息。相应的，终端设备通过PDU会话建立接受消息接收来自第二网络单元的第一信息。其中，PDU会话建立过程的步骤可以参见图8a所示，在S1105b的实现过程中，S14、S15和S16的PDU会话建立接受消息中均携带第一信息。Exemplarily, during the establishment process of the PDU session, the second network unit sends the first information to the terminal device through a PDU session establishment acceptance message. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first information from the second network unit through the PDU session establishment acceptance message. Wherein, the steps of the PDU session establishment process can be referred to as shown in FIG. 8a. In the implementation process of S1105b, the PDU session establishment acceptance messages of S14, S15 and S16 all carry the first information.
如此，终端设备即可在PDU会话建立过程中获取到第一信息，以使终端设备从第一PLMN的第一通信制式重选到终端设备归属PLMN的第二通信制式时，能够及时发起注册请求消息，从而有效避免TAU失败的问题。In this way, the terminal device can obtain the first information during the establishment of the PDU session, so that when the terminal device reselects from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs, it can initiate a registration request in time message, thereby effectively avoiding the problem of TAU failure.
在本申请实施例提供的第三种通信方法中，终端设备向第一PLMN的第一移动管理实体发送注册请求消息。其中，第一PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN不同。终端设备接收来自第一移动管理实体的注册接受消息。之后，终端设备删除目标参数，或终端设备不生成目标参数，或当终端设备接收到来自第二网络单元的目标参数时，不保存目标参数。其中，目标参数包括第一通信制式的协议数据单元PDU会话的参数映射至第二通信制式的参数，第一PLMN的通信制式包括第一通信制式，终端设备归属PLMN的通信制式包括第二通信制式。也就是说，即使第一PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN不同，并且，终端设备已在第一PLMN注册之后，终端设备删除目标参数，或不生成目标参数，或当终端设备接收到来自第二网络单元的目标参数时，不保存目标参数。这样一来，当终端设备从第一PLMN的第一通信制式重选到 终端设备归属PLMN的第二通信制式时，由于终端设备未保存目标参数，所以，终端设备发起注册请求消息，不再发起TAU，从而避免TAU失败的问题，有助于缩短终端设备的断网时间，降低终端设备的功耗。In the third communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device sends a registration request message to the first mobility management entity of the first PLMN. Wherein, the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device. The terminal device receives a registration accept message from the first mobility management entity. Afterwards, the terminal device deletes the target parameter, or the terminal device does not generate the target parameter, or when the terminal device receives the target parameter from the second network element, it does not save the target parameter. Wherein, the target parameter includes the parameter mapping of the protocol data unit PDU session of the first communication standard to the parameter of the second communication standard, the communication standard of the first PLMN includes the first communication standard, and the communication standard of the terminal equipment belonging to the PLMN includes the second communication standard . That is to say, even if the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device, and after the terminal device has registered with the first PLMN, the terminal device deletes the target parameter, or does not generate the target parameter, or when the terminal device receives a message from the second network unit When the target parameter of , the target parameter is not saved. In this way, when the terminal device reselects from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs, since the terminal device does not save the target parameters, the terminal device initiates a registration request message and no longer initiates a registration request message. TAU, so as to avoid the problem of TAU failure, help to shorten the disconnection time of the terminal equipment, and reduce the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
如图13所示，本申请实施例提供的第三种通信方法1300包括如下步骤：As shown in Figure 13, the third communication method 1300 provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the following steps:
S1301、终端设备向第一PLMN的第一移动管理实体发送注册请求消息。相应的，第一管理网元接收来自终端设备的注册请求消息。S1301. The terminal device sends a registration request message to the first mobility management entity of the first PLMN. Correspondingly, the first management network element receives the registration request message from the terminal device.
其中，第一PLMN与终端设备归属PLMN不同，可以参见S1101的介绍，此处不再赘述。Wherein, the first PLMN is different from the PLMN to which the terminal equipment belongs, and reference may be made to the introduction of S1101, which will not be repeated here.
其中，第一移动管理实体是为终端设备提供服务的PLMN中的网元，主要用于移动性管理和接入管理等。示例性的，以图5为例，第一PLMN是终端设备拜访网络，第一移动管理实体是终端设备拜访网络中的AMF网元。应理解，随着通信技术的演进，第一移动管理实体也可以有其他名称，本申请实施例对实体的名称不作限定。终端设备向AMF网元发送注册请消息。相应的，AMF网元接收来自终端设备的注册请求消息。Wherein, the first mobility management entity is a network element in the PLMN that provides services for terminal equipment, and is mainly used for mobility management and access management. Exemplarily, taking FIG. 5 as an example, the first PLMN is a network visited by the terminal device, and the first mobility management entity is an AMF network element in the network visited by the terminal device. It should be understood that with the evolution of communication technologies, the first mobility management entity may also have other names, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit the name of the entity. The terminal device sends a registration request message to the AMF network element. Correspondingly, the AMF network element receives the registration request message from the terminal device.
S1302、第一移动管理实体向终端设备发送注册接受消息。相应的，终端设备接收来自第一移动管理实体的注册接受消息。S1302. The first mobility management entity sends a registration acceptance message to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives a registration acceptance message from the first mobility management entity.
示例性的，仍以图5为例，第一PLMN是终端设备拜访网络，第一移动管理实体是终端设备拜访网络中的AMF网元。AMF网元向终端设备发送注册接受消息。相应的，终端设备接收来自AMF网元的注册接受消息。如此，终端设备即可完成在第一PLMN的注册过程，在第一PLMN中处于注册状态。Exemplarily, still taking FIG. 5 as an example, the first PLMN is a network visited by the terminal device, and the first mobility management entity is an AMF network element in the network visited by the terminal device. The AMF network element sends a registration acceptance message to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the registration acceptance message from the AMF network element. In this way, the terminal device can complete the registration process in the first PLMN, and is in a registration state in the first PLMN.
对于终端设备而言，执行S1302之后，可以执行S1303a，如图13中“方式1”所在方框所示，也可以执行S1303b，如图13中“方式2”所在方框所示，还可以执行S1303c，如图13中“方式3”所在方框所示。其中，S1303a、S1303b和S1303c的介绍如下：For the terminal device, after executing S1302, you can execute S1303a, as shown in the box of "Method 1" in Figure 13, or you can execute S1303b, as shown in the box of "Method 2" in Figure 13, you can also execute S1303c, as shown in the box of "Mode 3" in FIG. 13 . Among them, the introduction of S1303a, S1303b and S1303c is as follows:
S1303a、终端设备删除目标参数。S1303a. The terminal device deletes the target parameter.
其中，目标参数可以参见S602a的介绍，此处不再赘述。Wherein, for the target parameters, refer to the introduction of S602a, which will not be repeated here.
示例性的，终端设备删除的目标参数，可以是从第二网络单元接收的参数，可以参见S902的描述，此处不再赘述。Exemplarily, the target parameter deleted by the terminal device may be a parameter received from the second network unit, and reference may be made to the description of S902, which will not be repeated here.
S1303b、终端设备不生成目标参数。S1303b. The terminal device does not generate the target parameter.
其中，目标参数可以参见S602a的介绍，此处不再赘述。Wherein, for the target parameters, refer to the introduction of S602a, which will not be repeated here.
也就是说，终端设备在第一PLMN注册之后，终端设备不生成目标参数。或者，终端设备从第一PLMN的第一通信制式重选到终端设备归属PLMN的第二通信制式时，终端设备不生成目标参数。That is to say, after the terminal device registers with the first PLMN, the terminal device does not generate the target parameter. Alternatively, when the terminal device reselects from the first communication system of the first PLMN to the second communication system of the home PLMN of the terminal device, the terminal device does not generate the target parameter.
S1303c、当终端设备接收到来自第二网络单元的目标参数时，不保存目标参数。S1303c. When the terminal device receives the target parameter from the second network element, it does not store the target parameter.
其中，第二网络单元可以参见S601的介绍，目标参数可以参见S602a的介绍，此处不再赘述。For the second network unit, refer to the introduction of S601, and for the target parameters, refer to the introduction of S602a, which will not be repeated here.
示例性的，以PDU会话修改过程为例，第二网络单元向终端设备发送PDU会话修改命令消息，详见图8b中S25和S27的介绍，此处不再赘述。PDU会话修改命令消息中携带目标参数。此种情况下，即使终端设备接收到来自第二网络单元的目标参数，也不保存该目标参数。Exemplarily, taking the PDU session modification process as an example, the second network unit sends a PDU session modification command message to the terminal device. For details, refer to the introduction of S25 and S27 in FIG. 8b , which will not be repeated here. The target parameter is carried in the PDU session modification command message. In this case, even if the terminal device receives the target parameter from the second network element, it does not save the target parameter.
在一些实施例中，终端设备在S1303a(或S1303b，或S1303c)之前，还执行S1104，即终端设备根据第一信息，确定第一PLMN和终端设备归属PLMN不同。其中，终端设备获取 第一信息的方式可以参见S1105a和S1105b的介绍，此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, the terminal device further executes S1104 before S1303a (or S1303b, or S1303c), that is, the terminal device determines that the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device according to the first information. Wherein, the way for the terminal device to obtain the first information can refer to the introduction of S1105a and S1105b, which will not be repeated here.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。相应的，本申请实施例还提供了通信装置，该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的网元，或者包含上述网元的装置，或者为可用于网元的部件。可以理解的是，该通信装置为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. Correspondingly, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, and the communication device may be the network element in the foregoing method embodiment, or a device including the foregoing network element, or may be a component applicable to the network element. It can be understood that, in order to realize the above functions, the communication device includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software in combination with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
示例性的，图14示出了一种通信装置1400的结构示意图。该通信装置1400包括处理单元1401、发送单元1402和接收单元1403。Exemplarily, FIG. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1400 . The communication device 1400 includes a processing unit 1401 , a sending unit 1402 and a receiving unit 1403 .
一种可能的示例中，以通信装置1400为终端设备为例，处理单元1401用于支持终端设备执行图6中终端设备需要执行的其他处理操作。发送单元1402用于支持终端设备执行图6中终端设备需要执行的其他发送操作。接收单元1403用于支持终端设备执行图6中的S602b，和/或本申请实施例中终端设备需要执行的其他接收操作。In a possible example, taking the communication apparatus 1400 as a terminal device as an example, the processing unit 1401 is configured to support the terminal device to perform other processing operations that the terminal device needs to perform in FIG. 6 . The sending unit 1402 is configured to support the terminal device to perform other sending operations that the terminal device in FIG. 6 needs to perform. The receiving unit 1403 is configured to support the terminal device to perform S602b in FIG. 6 , and/or other receiving operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
再一种可能的示例中，以通信装置1400为终端设备为例，处理单元1401用于支持终端设备执行图11中的S1101，和/或本申请实施例中终端设备需要执行的其他处理操作。发送单元1402用于支持终端设备执行图11中的S1102，和/或本申请实施例中终端设备需要执行的其他发送操作。接收单元1403用于支持终端设备执行图11中的S1103，和/或本申请实施例中终端设备需要执行的其他接收操作。In another possible example, taking the communication apparatus 1400 as a terminal device as an example, the processing unit 1401 is configured to support the terminal device to perform S1101 in FIG. 11 and/or other processing operations that the terminal device needs to perform in this embodiment of the application. The sending unit 1402 is configured to support the terminal device to perform S1102 in FIG. 11 , and/or other sending operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application. The receiving unit 1403 is configured to support the terminal device to perform S1103 in FIG. 11 , and/or other receiving operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
又一种可能的示例中，以通信装置1400为终端设备为例，处理单元1401用于支持终端设备执行图13中的S1303a、S1303b、或S1303c，和/或本申请实施例中终端设备需要执行的其他处理操作。发送单元1402用于支持终端设备执行图13中的S1301，和/或本申请实施例中终端设备需要执行的其他发送操作。接收单元1403用于支持终端设备执行图13中的S1302，和/或本申请实施例中终端设备需要执行的其他接收操作。In another possible example, taking the communication device 1400 as a terminal device as an example, the processing unit 1401 is used to support the terminal device to execute S1303a, S1303b, or S1303c in FIG. 13, and/or the terminal device in the embodiment of this application needs to execute other processing operations. The sending unit 1402 is configured to support the terminal device to perform S1301 in FIG. 13 , and/or other sending operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application. The receiving unit 1403 is configured to support the terminal device to perform S1302 in FIG. 13 , and/or other receiving operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
一种可能的示例中，以通信装置1400为第二网络单元为例，处理单元1401用于支持第二网络单元执行图6中S601，和/或本申请实施例中第二网络单元需要执行的其他处理操作。发送单元1402用于支持第二网络单元执行图6中的S602b，和/或本申请实施例中第二网络单元需要执行的其他发送操作。接收单元1403用于支持第二网络单元执行图6中第二网络单元需要执行的其他接收操作。In a possible example, taking the communication device 1400 as the second network unit as an example, the processing unit 1401 is used to support the second network unit to execute S601 in FIG. Other processing operations. The sending unit 1402 is configured to support the second network unit to perform S602b in FIG. 6 , and/or other sending operations that the second network unit needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application. The receiving unit 1403 is configured to support the second network unit to perform other receiving operations that need to be performed by the second network unit in FIG. 6 .
再一种可能的示例中，以通信装置1400为第二移动管理实体为例，处理单元1401用于支持第二移动管理实体执行图11中第二移动管理实体需要执行的其他处理操作。发送单元1402用于支持第二移动管理实体执行图11中的S1103，和/或本申请实施例中第二移动管理实体需要执行的其他发送操作。接收单元1403用于支持第二移动管理实体执行图11中的S1102，和/或本申请实施例中第二移动管理实体需要执行的其他接收操作。In another possible example, taking the communication device 1400 as the second mobility management entity as an example, the processing unit 1401 is configured to support the second mobility management entity to perform other processing operations that the second mobility management entity needs to perform in FIG. 11 . The sending unit 1402 is configured to support the second mobility management entity to perform S1103 in FIG. 11 , and/or other sending operations that the second mobility management entity needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application. The receiving unit 1403 is configured to support the second mobility management entity to perform S1102 in FIG. 11 , and/or other receiving operations that the second mobility management entity needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
又一种可能的示例中，以通信装置1400为第一移动管理实体为例，处理单元1401用于支持第一移动管理实体执行图13中第一移动管理实体需要执行的其他处理操作。发送单元1402用于支持第一移动管理实体执行图13中的S1302，和/或本申请实施例中第一移动管理实体需要执行的其他发送操作。接收单元1403用于支持第一移动管理实体执行图13中的 S1301，和/或本申请实施例中第一移动管理实体需要执行的其他接收操作。In another possible example, taking the communications apparatus 1400 as the first mobility management entity as an example, the processing unit 1401 is configured to support the first mobility management entity to perform other processing operations that the first mobility management entity needs to perform in FIG. 13 . The sending unit 1402 is configured to support the first mobility management entity to perform S1302 in FIG. 13 , and/or other sending operations that the first mobility management entity needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application. The receiving unit 1403 is configured to support the first mobility management entity to perform S1301 in FIG. 13 , and/or other receiving operations that the first mobility management entity needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
可选的，该通信装置1400还可以包括存储单元1404，用于存储通信装置的程序代码和数据，数据可以包括不限于原始数据或者中间数据等。Optionally, the communication device 1400 may further include a storage unit 1404 for storing program codes and data of the communication device, and the data may include but not limited to original data or intermediate data.
其中，处理单元1401可以是处理器或控制器，例如可以是CPU，通用处理器，专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，现场可编程逻辑门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框，模块和电路。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合，例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合，DSP和微处理器的组合等等。Wherein, the processing unit 1401 may be a processor or a controller, such as a CPU, a general processor, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other Programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure. The processor can also be a combination of computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of DSP and a microprocessor, and so on.
发送单元1402可以是通信接口、发送器或发送电路等，其中，该通信接口是统称，在具体实现中，该通信接口可以包括多个接口，例如可以包括：终端设备与第二网络单元之间的接口和/或其他接口。The sending unit 1402 may be a communication interface, a transmitter, or a sending circuit, etc., where the communication interface is collectively referred to. In a specific implementation, the communication interface may include multiple interfaces, for example, it may include: interface and/or other interfaces.
接收单元1403可以是通信接口、接收器或接收电路等，其中，该通信接口是统称，在具体实现中，该通信接口可以包括多个接口，例如可以包括：终端设备与第二网络单元之间的接口和/或其他接口。The receiving unit 1403 may be a communication interface, a receiver, or a receiving circuit, etc., where the communication interface is collectively referred to as, in a specific implementation, the communication interface may include multiple interfaces, for example, may include: interface and/or other interfaces.
发送单元1402和接收单元1403可以是物理上或者逻辑上实现为同一个单元。The sending unit 1402 and the receiving unit 1403 may be physically or logically implemented as the same unit.
存储单元1404可以是存储器。The storage unit 1404 may be a memory.
当处理单元1401为处理器，发送单元1402和接收单元1403为通信接口，存储单元1404为存储器时，本申请实施例所涉及的通信装置可以为图15所示。When the processing unit 1401 is a processor, the sending unit 1402 and the receiving unit 1403 are communication interfaces, and the storage unit 1404 is a memory, the communication device involved in this embodiment of the present application may be as shown in FIG. 15 .
参阅图15所示，该通信装置包括：处理器1501、通信接口1502、存储器1503。可选的，通信装置还可以包括总线1504。其中，通信接口1502、处理器1501以及存储器1503可以通过总线1504相互连接；总线1504可以是外设部件互连标准(peripheral component interconnect，PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(extended industry standard architecture，EISA)总线等。所述总线1504可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示，图15中仅用一条粗线表示，但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。Referring to FIG. 15 , the communication device includes: a processor 1501 , a communication interface 1502 , and a memory 1503 . Optionally, the communication device may further include a bus 1504 . Wherein, the communication interface 1502, the processor 1501 and the memory 1503 can be connected to each other through the bus 1504; the bus 1504 can be a peripheral component interconnect standard (peripheral component interconnect, PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (extended industry standard architecture, EISA) bus etc. The bus 1504 can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 15 , but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
可选的，本申请实施例还提供一种携带计算机指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述实施例所介绍的方法。Optionally, the embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product carrying computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the method described in the foregoing embodiments.
可选的，本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质存储计算机指令，当该计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述实施例所介绍的方法。Optionally, an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are run on a computer, the computer executes the method described in the above-mentioned embodiments.
可选的，本申请实施例还提供一种芯片，包括：处理电路和收发电路，处理电路和收发电路用于实现上述实施例所介绍的方法。其中，处理电路用于执行相应方法中的处理动作，收发电路用于执行相应方法中的接收/发送的动作。Optionally, an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, including: a processing circuit and a transceiver circuit, and the processing circuit and the transceiver circuit are used to implement the methods described in the foregoing embodiments. Wherein, the processing circuit is used to execute the processing action in the corresponding method, and the transceiver circuit is used to execute the receiving/sending action in the corresponding method.
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital  subscriber line，DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包括一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，数字视频光盘(digital video disc，DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state drive，SSD))等。In the above embodiments, all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device including a server, a data center, and the like integrated with one or more available media. The available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a tape), an optical medium (for example, a digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state drive (solid state drive, SSD)) wait.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的***，装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述模块的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个模块或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个***，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或模块的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device and method can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the modules is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple modules or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or modules may be in electrical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个设备上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple devices. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
通过以上的实施方式的描述，所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到本申请可借助软件加必需的通用硬件的方式来实现，当然也可以通过硬件，但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在可读取的存储介质中，如计算机的软盘，硬盘或光盘等，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。Through the above description of the implementation, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the present application can be implemented by means of software plus necessary general-purpose hardware, of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is a better implementation . Based on this understanding, the essence of the technical solution of this application or the part that contributes can be embodied in the form of software products, and the computer software products are stored in readable storage media, such as computer floppy disks, hard disks or optical disks etc., including several instructions to enable a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to execute the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited thereto, and changes or replacements within the technical scope disclosed in this application should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    第二网络单元确定为终端设备提供服务的第三公共陆地移动网络PLMN属于第一PLMN，其中，所述第二网络单元是所述终端设备归属PLMN中的网络单元，所述第一PLMN的数量为至少一个，且与所述终端设备归属PLMN不同；The second network unit determines that the third public land mobile network PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN, wherein the second network unit is a network unit in the home PLMN of the terminal device, and the number of the first PLMN is at least one, and is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device;
    所述第二网络单元不向所述终端设备发送第一目标参数，或所述第二网络单元向所述终端设备发送指示信息，其中，所述指示信息指示删除第一目标参数；所述第一目标参数包括第一通信制式的协议数据单元PDU会话的参数映射至第二通信制式的参数，为所述终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN的通信制式包括所述第一通信制式，所述终端设备归属PLMN的通信制式包括所述第二通信制式，所述第一通信制式与所述第二通信制式不同。The second network unit does not send the first target parameter to the terminal device, or the second network unit sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information indicates to delete the first target parameter; the second A target parameter includes the mapping of protocol data unit PDU session parameters of the first communication standard to parameters of the second communication standard, the communication standard of the third PLMN providing services for the terminal device includes the first communication standard, and the terminal The communication standard of the PLMN to which the device belongs includes the second communication standard, and the first communication standard is different from the second communication standard.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 1, characterized in that,
    所述方法还包括：The method also includes:
    所述第二网络单元接收来自第三移动管理实体的第一信息，其中，所述第三移动管理实体是为所述终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN中的网元，所述第一信息包括所述第三移动管理实体所属运营商的信息；The second network element receives first information from a third mobility management entity, where the third mobility management entity is a network element in a third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device, and the first information includes Information about the operator to which the third mobility management entity belongs;
    所述第二网络单元确定为终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN属于第一PLMN，包括：The second network unit determines that the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN, including:
    所述第二网络单元根据所述第一信息，确定为所述终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN属于所述第一PLMN。The second network unit determines, according to the first information, that the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二网络单元确定为终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN属于第一PLMN，包括：The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the second network unit determines that the third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN, comprising:
    当所述第二网络单元确定所述终端设备处于漫游状态时，所述第二网络单元确定为所述终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN属于所述第一PLMN。When the second network unit determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state, the second network unit determines that a third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device belongs to the first PLMN.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 3, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述第二网络单元接收来自第三网络单元或第三边界网关BG的第二信息，其中，所述第三网络单元是为所述终端设备提供服务的第三PLMN中的网络单元，所述第三BG用于连接所述第二网络单元和所述第三网络单元；The second network unit receives the second information from a third network unit or a third border gateway BG, where the third network unit is a network unit in a third PLMN that provides services for the terminal device, and the The third BG is used to connect the second network element and the third network element;
    所述第二网络单元根据所述第二信息，确定所述终端设备处于漫游状态。The second network unit determines, according to the second information, that the terminal device is in a roaming state.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that,
    所述方法还包括：The method also includes:
    所述第二网络单元向所述终端设备发送PDU会话建立接受消息；The second network unit sends a PDU session establishment acceptance message to the terminal device;
    所述第二网络单元不向所述终端设备发送第一目标参数，包括：The second network unit does not send the first target parameter to the terminal device, including:
    所述PDU会话建立接受消息不携带所述第一目标参数。The PDU session establishment acceptance message does not carry the first target parameter.
  6. 根据权利要求1至4任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二网络单元通过PDU会话修改命令消息向所述终端设备发送所述指示信息。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the second network unit sends the indication information to the terminal device through a PDU session modification command message.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一PLMN是预配置的。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the first PLMN is pre-configured.
  8. 根据权利要求1至7任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, further comprising:
    所述第二网络单元确定为所述终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN不属于所述第一PLMN；The second network unit determines that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN;
    所述第二网络单元向所述终端设备发送第二目标参数，其中，所述第二目标参数包括第 一通信制式的PDU会话的参数映射至第二通信制式的参数，为所述终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN的通信制式包括所述第一通信制式。The second network unit sends a second target parameter to the terminal device, wherein the second target parameter includes a parameter mapping of a PDU session of the first communication standard to a parameter of the second communication standard, providing the terminal device with The communication system of the served fourth PLMN includes the first communication system.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，为所述终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN是所述终端设备归属PLMN。The method according to claim 8, wherein the fourth PLMN serving the terminal device is the home PLMN of the terminal device.
  10. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，为所述终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN与所述终端设备归属PLMN的运营商所属国家不同。The method according to claim 8, characterized in that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device is different from the country to which the operator of the terminal device belongs to the PLMN.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二网络单元确定为所述终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN不属于所述第一PLMN，包括：The method according to claim 10, wherein the second network unit determines that the fourth PLMN serving the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN, comprising:
    当所述第二网络单元确定所述终端设备处于漫游状态时，所述第二网络单元确定为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN不属于所述第一PLMN。When the second network unit determines that the terminal device is in a roaming state, the second network unit determines that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 11, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述第二网络单元接收来自第四网络单元或第四边界网关BG的第四信息，其中，所述第四网络单元是为所述终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN中的网络单元，所述第四BG用于连接所述第二网络单元和所述第四网络单元；The second network unit receives fourth information from a fourth network unit or a fourth border gateway BG, where the fourth network unit is a network unit in a fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device, and the The fourth BG is used to connect the second network unit and the fourth network unit;
    所述第二网络单元根据所述第四信息，确定所述终端设备处于漫游状态。The second network unit determines, according to the fourth information, that the terminal device is in a roaming state.
  13. 根据权利要求8至12任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 8 to 12, further comprising:
    所述第二网络单元接收来自第四移动管理实体的第一信息，其中，所述第四移动管理实体是为所述终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN中的网元，所述第一信息包括所述第四移动管理实体所属运营商的信息；The second network element receives first information from a fourth mobility management entity, where the fourth mobility management entity is a network element in a fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device, and the first information includes Information about the operator to which the fourth mobility management entity belongs;
    所述第二网络单元确定为终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN不属于所述第一PLMN，包括：The second network unit determines that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN, including:
    所述第二网络单元根据所述第一信息，确定为所述终端设备提供服务的第四PLMN不属于所述第一PLMN。The second network unit determines, according to the first information, that the fourth PLMN that provides services for the terminal device does not belong to the first PLMN.
  14. 根据权利要求2或13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息包括全球唯一的接入和移动管理功能标识GUAMI。The method according to claim 2 or 13, wherein the first information includes a globally unique access and mobility management function identifier GUAMI.
  15. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    当终端设备从第一公共陆地移动网络PLMN的第一通信制式移动到所述终端设备归属PLMN的第二通信制式时，向所述终端设备归属PLMN的第二移动管理实体发送注册请求消息，其中，所述第一PLMN和所述终端设备归属PLMN不同，所述第一通信制式与所述第二通信制式不同，所述终端设备保存有目标参数，所述目标参数包括所述第一通信制式的协议数据单元PDU会话的参数映射至所述第二通信制式的参数；When the terminal device moves from the first communication standard of the first public land mobile network PLMN to the second communication standard of the terminal device's home PLMN, sending a registration request message to the second mobility management entity of the terminal device's home PLMN, wherein , the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device, the first communication system is different from the second communication system, and the terminal device stores target parameters, and the target parameters include the first communication system The parameters of the protocol data unit PDU session are mapped to the parameters of the second communication system;
    所述终端设备接收来自所述第二移动管理实体的注册接受消息。The terminal device receives a registration accept message from the second mobility management entity.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 15, further comprising:
    所述终端设备根据第一信息，确定所述第一PLMN和所述终端设备归属PLMN不同；The terminal device determines, according to the first information, that the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device;
    其中，所述第一信息包括至少一个第三PLMN的信息，所述第三PLMN与所述终端设备归属PLMN不同，所述第三PLMN包括所述第一PLMN。Wherein, the first information includes information of at least one third PLMN, the third PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device, and the third PLMN includes the first PLMN.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 16, further comprising:
    所述终端设备接收来自所述第二移动管理实体的所述第一信息。The terminal device receives the first information from the second mobility management entity.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息与等效公用陆地移动网络EPLMN承载于同一消息；The method according to claim 17, wherein the first information and the equivalent public land mobile network EPLMN are carried in the same message;
    其中，所述EPLMN至少包括所述第一PLMN。Wherein, the EPLMN includes at least the first PLMN.
  19. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 16, further comprising:
    所述终端设备接收来自第二网络单元的所述第一信息，其中，所述第二网络单元属于所述终端设备归属PLMN中的网络单元。The terminal device receives the first information from a second network unit, where the second network unit belongs to a network unit in the home PLMN of the terminal device.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备通过PDU会话建立接受消息接收来自所述第二网络单元的所述第一信息。The method according to claim 19, wherein the terminal device receives the first information from the second network element through a PDU session establishment accept message.
  21. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    终端设备向第一公共陆地移动网络PLMN的第一移动管理实体发送注册请求消息，其中，所述第一PLMN与所述终端设备归属PLMN不同；The terminal device sends a registration request message to a first mobility management entity of the first public land mobile network PLMN, where the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device;
    所述终端设备接收来自所述第一移动管理实体的注册接受消息；The terminal device receives a registration acceptance message from the first mobility management entity;
    所述终端设备删除目标参数，或所述终端设备不生成目标参数，或当所述终端设备接收到来自第二网络单元的目标参数时，不保存所述目标参数，其中，所述第二网络单元是所述终端设备归属PLMN中的网络单元，所述目标参数包括第一通信制式的协议数据单元PDU会话的参数映射至第二通信制式的参数，所述第一PLMN的通信制式包括所述第一通信制式，所述终端设备归属PLMN的通信制式包括所述第二通信制式。The terminal device deletes the target parameter, or the terminal device does not generate the target parameter, or when the terminal device receives the target parameter from the second network unit, does not save the target parameter, wherein the second network element The unit is a network unit in the home PLMN of the terminal device, and the target parameters include the parameters of the protocol data unit PDU session of the first communication standard mapped to the parameters of the second communication standard, and the communication standard of the first PLMN includes the The first communication standard, the communication standard of the PLMN to which the terminal device belongs includes the second communication standard.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 21, further comprising:
    所述终端设备根据第一信息，确定所述第一PLMN和所述终端设备归属PLMN不同；The terminal device determines, according to the first information, that the first PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device;
    其中，所述第一信息包括至少一个第三PLMN的信息，所述第三PLMN与所述终端设备归属PLMN不同，所述第三PLMN包括所述第一PLMN。Wherein, the first information includes information of at least one third PLMN, the third PLMN is different from the home PLMN of the terminal device, and the third PLMN includes the first PLMN.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 22, further comprising:
    所述终端设备接收来自第二移动管理实体的所述第一信息，其中，所述第二移动管理实体是所述终端设备归属PLMN中的网元。The terminal device receives the first information from a second mobility management entity, where the second mobility management entity is a network element in the home PLMN of the terminal device.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息与等效公用陆地移动网络EPLMN承载于同一消息；The method according to claim 23, wherein the first information and the equivalent public land mobile network EPLMN are carried in the same message;
    其中，所述EPLMN至少包括所述第一PLMN。Wherein, the EPLMN includes at least the first PLMN.
  25. 根据权利要求22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 22, further comprising:
    所述终端设备接收来自第二网络单元的所述第一信息，其中，所述第二网络单元属于所述终端设备归属PLMN中的网络单元。The terminal device receives the first information from a second network unit, where the second network unit belongs to a network unit in the home PLMN of the terminal device.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备通过PDU会话建立接受消息接收来自所述第二网络单元的所述第一信息。The method according to claim 25, wherein the terminal device receives the first information from the second network element through a PDU session establishment accept message.
  27. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括用于执行如权利要求1至14中的任一项所述方法的单元，或包括用于执行如权利要求15至20中的任一项所述方法的单元，或包括用于执行如权利要求21至26中的任一项所述方法的单元。A communication device, characterized by comprising a unit for performing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 14, or comprising a unit for performing the method according to any one of claims 15 to 20 A unit, or comprising a unit for performing a method as claimed in any one of claims 21 to 26.
  28. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：处理器和存储器，所述处理器和所述存储器耦合，所述存储器存储有程序指令，当所述存储器存储的程序指令被所述处理器执行时，如权利要求1至14中的任一项所述的方法被实现，或如权利要求15至20中的任一项所述的方法被实现，或如权利要求21至26中的任一项所述的方法被实现。A communication device, characterized by comprising: a processor and a memory, the processor is coupled to the memory, the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions stored in the memory are executed by the processor, The method according to any one of claims 1 to 14 is carried out, or the method according to any one of claims 15 to 20 is carried out, or any one of claims 21 to 26 is carried out The method described above is implemented.
  29. 一种芯片，其特征在于，包括处理器和输入输出接口，所述输入输出接口用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述处 理器的信号发送给所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置，所述处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法，或用于实现如权利要求15至20中任一项所述的方法，或用于实现如权利要求21至26中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that it includes a processor and an input-output interface, and the input-output interface is used to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit them to the processor or transfer signals from the processing device to the processor. The signal of the processor is sent to other communication devices other than the communication device, and the processor is used to implement the method as described in any one of claims 1 to 14 through a logic circuit or execute code instructions, or to implement the method as described in any one of claims 1 to 14 The method according to any one of claims 15 to 20, or used to implement the method according to any one of claims 21 to 26.
  30. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令，当所述计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时，实现如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法，或实现如权利要求15至20中任一项所述的方法，或实现如权利要求21至26中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that computer programs or instructions are stored in the storage medium, and when the computer programs or instructions are executed by a communication device, the implementation of any one of claims 1 to 14 The method according to any one of claims 15 to 20, or the method according to any one of claims 21 to 26.
PCT/CN2022/140007 2022-01-30 2022-12-19 Communication method and apparatus WO2023142777A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210114807.2A CN116567761A (en) 2022-01-30 2022-01-30 Communication method and device
CN202210114807.2 2022-01-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023142777A1 true WO2023142777A1 (en) 2023-08-03

Family

ID=87470381

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/140007 WO2023142777A1 (en) 2022-01-30 2022-12-19 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116567761A (en)
WO (1) WO2023142777A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108323245A (en) * 2017-06-19 2018-07-24 华为技术有限公司 It is a kind of registration and session establishment method, terminal and AMF entities
CN109803256A (en) * 2017-11-16 2019-05-24 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Communication management method, device, system, terminal, management entity and storage medium
US20190297148A1 (en) * 2017-11-17 2019-09-26 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Session Establishment Method and Apparatus

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108323245A (en) * 2017-06-19 2018-07-24 华为技术有限公司 It is a kind of registration and session establishment method, terminal and AMF entities
CN109803256A (en) * 2017-11-16 2019-05-24 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Communication management method, device, system, terminal, management entity and storage medium
US20190297148A1 (en) * 2017-11-17 2019-09-26 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Session Establishment Method and Apparatus

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
QUALCOMM INCORPORATED: "Correction on pending NSSAA indication to UE", 3GPP TSG-SA WG2 MEETING #136 S2-1912076, 21 November 2019 (2019-11-21), XP051827269 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116567761A (en) 2023-08-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11026080B2 (en) Policy control function determining method, apparatus, and system
US9271211B2 (en) Resource selection for dual radio terminals
JP5864750B2 (en) Method and apparatus for using a non-access layer procedure in a mobile station to access component carrier resources belonging to different radio access technologies
WO2019157961A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN110099052B (en) Method and apparatus for supporting voice service in wireless communication system
TWI643506B (en) Method and apparatus for using control plane to transmit and receive data
CN113767672B (en) Mobile communication core network apparatus and method for managing wireless communication after inserting an intermediate session management function
US8913583B2 (en) Receiving information relation radio access technology capabilities of a mobile station
JP7135122B2 (en) Redirection method, communication system and communication device
WO2022067643A1 (en) Cell selection method and apparatus, and paging method and apparatus
JP2015506150A (en) Restrictions on handover
JP2021510030A (en) Wireless communication method and equipment
WO2020233688A1 (en) Voice communication method and device thereof
WO2020104925A1 (en) First core network to second core network interworking while reducing usage of default second core network resources
WO2019041897A1 (en) Network communication method and device
US10136377B1 (en) Mobile device handoff optimization
WO2023185352A1 (en) Data processing method and system based on wireless network
WO2014029059A1 (en) Method and device for displaying network name
WO2023142777A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN115278930A (en) MA PDU session processing method and user equipment thereof
WO2023124992A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023185374A1 (en) Communication method, communication apparatus and communication system
WO2023138352A1 (en) Inter-system interoperation method and device
WO2022214094A1 (en) Network handover method and apparatus
WO2023207724A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22923563

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1